Ready To Install: Distribution Boards, DIN Rail Mounted Equipment, Enclosures and Connection Systems

MGLV5750 RTI Section 00 17/8/05 8:25 am Page 1
Ready to install
Distribution boards,
DIN rail mounted equipment,
enclosures and connection systems
Contents
Isobar 4 distribution boards

Section one 7
and protective devices
Modular control products Section two 31
Unit mounted residual

Section three 73
current devices
Unit mounted circuit breakers Section four 79
Connection systems Section five 113
Enclosures Section six 121
Technical data Section seven 133
Dimensions Section eight 163
Schneider Electric overview Section nine 197
Comprehensive quick
Section ten 203
reference index
Isobar 4
Type A distribution board features
● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 60439

● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve
single and double pole
● 125A busbar rating
● Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated
● Option of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit
● Terminal block for feeding up to 100A
● Range of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks
● Single pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density
● Full range of device accessories and auxiliaries
● Knockouts for cable gland and conduit
Isobar 4
Type B distribution board with 125A incomer features
● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole
● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB
● Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit
● Range of incomers
● Removable insulated pan assembly
● Fully shrouded neutral
● Split neutral bars
● Removable gland plates
Isobar 4
Type B distribution board with 250A incomer features
● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 or 4 pole

● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB
● Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit
● Range of incomers up to 250A
● Removable insulated pan assembly
● Fully shrouded neutral
● Split neutral bars
● Removable gland plates
Isobar 4 distribution boards

Section one
and protective devices
Type A single phase

Distribution boards 8-9
Incoming devices 10
Outgoing devices 21 - 22
Loose enclosures and accessories 11
Type B three phase

Distribution boards 12
Incoming devices 14 - 15
Outgoing devices 21 - 22
Loose enclosures and accessories 16
Replacement items
Pan assemblies Type A and Type B 20
Doors and covers Type A and Type B 20
7
Isobar 4
SP&N type A distribution boards*
Note: All devices are sold separately

125A Standard A boards (incomers not included)
Part No. No. of outgoing Dimensions (mm)
ways Height Width Depth
MGAN6 6 264 260 127
MGAN9 9 264 315 127
MGAN12 12 264 370 127
MGAN15 15 264 450 127
*MGAN23 23 494 370 127
* 2 row unit.
MGAN6
125A Split load A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. Unprotected Protected Dimensions (mm)
outgoing ways outgoing ways Height Width Depth
MGAN46SL 4 6 264 450 127
MGAN48SL 4 8 264 450 127
MGAN66SL 6 6 264 450 127
Specification:
■ Designed, manufactured and tested to
BS EN 60439-3
■ Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link
MGAN66SL ■ Busbar rating 125A
■ Voltage rating 230/240Vac
■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at
any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit
■ Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529
■ Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2
■ DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars
■ Surface or flush mounting using flush
mounting kit, see page 11
■ 5 single pole blanking plates
■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated
■ IP2X with covers removed
Incomers:
Switch disconnector see page 10
Residual current device see page 10
Terminal block see page 10
Outgoers:
MCBs see page 21
RCBOs see page 22
2 pole Vigi see page 23
Auxiliaries see page 26
Distribution board
accessories see page 11
* for use only with C60H range
8
Isobar 4
SP&N type A distribution boards*

125A Dual incomer A boards (incomers not included)
Part No. No. of No. of Dimensions (mm)
outgoing ways outgoing ways
Circuit A Circuit B Height Width Depth
MGAN46DS 4 6 264 370 127
MGAN66DS 6 6 264 450 127
MGAN76DS 7 6 264 450 127
Loads should be evenly distributed across primary and secondary supplies.
MGAN66DS
125A Multi service A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. No. of Useable Dimensions (mm)
outgoing ways DIN rail
SP way Height Width Depth
MGAN416MS 4 8 264 370 127
MGAN520MS 5 10 264 450 127
MGAN716MS 7 8 264 450 127
MGAN96MS 9 3 264 370 127
MGAN912MS 9 6 264 450 127
MGAN1010MS 10 5 264 450 127
MGAN126MS 12 3 264 450 127
▲MGAN1228MS 12 14 494 370 127
MGAN716MS
▲ 2 row unit.
Specification:
BS EN 60439-3
■ Busbar rating 125A
■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at
any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit
■ Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting
kit, see page 11
Incomers:
Residual current device see page 10
Terminal block see page 10
Outgoers:
MCBs see page 21
RCBOs see page 22
2 pole Vigi see page 23
Auxiliaries see page 26
Control and
command devices see page 31
Distribution board
* for use only with C60H range accessories see page 11
9
Isobar 4
SP&N type A distribution boards - incomers
Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGI1252 125A 230/240V 2
■ BS EN 60947-3
■ AC22A
■ Cable capacity 50mm2
■ Red toggle and PCI in accordance with
BS 7671 Wiring Regulations
■ Tightening torque 3.5Nm
MGI1252
Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity

RMG630302 63A 230/240V 30mA
RMG631002 63A 230/240V 100mA
RMG633002 63A 230/240V 300mA
RMG800302 80A 230/240V 30mA
RMG801002 80A 230/240V 100mA
RMG803002 80A 230/240V 300mA
23111 80A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed
RMG1000302 100A 230/240V 30mA
RMG1001002 100A 230/240V 100mA
RMG1001002S 100A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed
RMG630302 RMG1003002 100A 230/240V 300mA
23116 100A 230/240V 300mA Time delayed
Specification:
■ BS EN 61008.
■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671
■ Cable capacity 63A, 80A = up to 35mm2
100A = up to 50mm2
■ Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (35mm2), 3.5Nm (50mm2)

MGTB1252 125A 230/240V 2
Specification:
■ Direct connection incoming lug unit, two pole
suitable for use in any Isobar 4 A type board
■ Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm
MGTB1252
10
Isobar 4
MGA loose enclosures and
board accessories
Application
A range of steel enclosures using the Isobar 4 A board design suitable for
mounting DIN devices including MCBs, RCBOs and control and command
products.
Part Useable No. of Dimensions (mm)
No. DIN rail rows
SP ways Height Width Depth
MGN16DE 8 1 264 260 127
MGN22DE 11 1 264 315 127
MGN28DE 14 1 264 370 127
MGN34DE 17 1 264 450 127
MGN56DE *MGN56DE 28 2 494 370 127
* 2 row unit.
Specification: Accessories:
■ Folded sheet steel enclosure Part No. Description
■ Ingress protection IP31 to MGBL Key lock
BS EN 60529 BP Blanking plates 5 off
■ DIN rail light grey
■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy
powder coated
■ Surface or flush mounting using
flush mounting kit
■ Earth bar
Part No. SP circuits Description

MGANWL 15 A board spare outgoing way
self adhesive labels
MGANWL
Part No. Description

MGTB1001 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an
outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels.
Note: cable must be provided with local protection to
comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm2.
MGTB1001

MGNA4 Distributed neutral kit for 4 way SP+N
NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4)
Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

MGACE Clean earth facility for A type boards (6 hole).
Or can be used to comply with BS 7671 607-02
where the protective conductor ring shall be
separately connected at the distribution board.
MGACE
Flush mounting kit

Part No. For use with
MGAN6FK MGAN6, MGN16DE
MGAN9FK MGAN9
MGAN12FK MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416MS
MGAN15FK MGAN15, MGAN46SL, MGAN48SL, MGAN66SL, MGAN76DS, MGAN912MS,
MGAN1010MS, MGAN1228MS
MGAN24FK MGAN23, MGAN1228MS
11
Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards*

Standard B boards
Part No. No. of TP Dimensions (mm)
outgoing ways Height Width Depth
MGBN4 4 484 470 158
MGBN6 6 484 470 158
MGBN8 8 538 470 158
MGBN12 12 700 470 158
MGBN16 16 808 470 158
MGBN18 18 808 470 158
MGBN24 24 970 470 158
MGBN12
Split load B boards

These are achieved by selecting any 2 Isobar B boards and joining with either
MGBNTJKN and feeding the top board via a outgoing 100 amp terminal block
MGTB1001 for each phase
or use
MGBN63SPL split load kit which is supplied with a 63 amp C curve mcb
Multi service B boards

Control products can be added to any B type distribution board using a modular
extension box
MGBNEX034N which will accept 17 single pole wide control products
Specification:
BS EN 60439-3
■ Busbar rating 250A
MGBN12+MGBN8 ■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching
at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit
100% rated
■ Surface mounting
■ Flush mounting available
■ 5 single pole blanking plates supplied
Incomers: see page 14
Outgoers: see page 21
MGBN8 + Multi service
12
Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards*

Heavy duty IP55 (125A)
Part No. No. of outgoing Height Width Depth
ways TP
MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 330
MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 330
MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 330
MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 330
Specification:
BS EN 60439-3
MGBN12HDGK
■ Busbar ratings 125A
■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching
at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit
■ Additional earth stud provided
■ Door can be left or right handed
■ Key lockable enclosure as standard
Incomers:
Residual current devices see page 15
Terminal blocks see page 15
(Maximum 125A DIN rail mounted)
Outgoers:
MCBs see page 21
RCBOs see page 23
13
Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers
Switch disconnectors
MGI1253N 125A 415V 3+N
MGI1254 125A 415V 4
Specification:
■ BS EN 60947-3
■ Category of duty AC22
■ Positive contact indication in accordance with
BS 7671
■ Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm
MGI1254 ■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position
using ref: MGLA
Switch disconnectors (160 - 250A)

MGNI1603 160A 415V 3+N
MGNI2003 200A 415V 3+N
MGNI2503 250A 415V 3+N
MGNI1604 160A 415V 4
MGNI2004 200A 415V 4
MGNI2254 225A 415V 4
MGNI2504 MGNI2504 250A 415V 4
29243 Bare cable connector set 95mm2 160A set of 4
29260 Bare cable connector set 185mm2 250A set of 4
MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A
Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box.
Specification:
■ BS EN 60947-3
■ Copper pad for M8 lugs, tightening torque 15Nm
■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position
■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671
Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBS 63 - 160A)

Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity No.
of poles
RMG630304 63A 415V 30mA 4
RMG631004 63A 415V 100mA 4
RMG633004 63A 415V 300mA 4
23146 63A 415V 300mA TD** 4
16261 80A 415V 30mA 4
23213 100A 415V 300mA 4
MGBNI160RCCB 23227 100A 415V 300mA TD** 4
MGNI160RCCB* 160A 415V Adjustable 4
* Item is supplied with 270mm extension box, MCCB and Vigi.
** Time delay as an element of discrimination.
Specification:
■ BS EN 61008
BS 7671
■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position
■ Trip free mechanism
■ Cable capacity 63A/80A - 35mm2, 100A - 50mm2
■ Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (63/80A),
3.5Nm (100A), 15Nm (160A)
14
Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers
Terminal blocks (125/250A)

Part No. Rating Voltage Notes
MGTB1254 125A 415V
MGNTB2504 250A 415V With extension box
MGNPBN250TB 250A 415V Without extension box
Specification:
■ Cable capacity: 125A - 50mm2
250A - M8 copper pad
■ Terminal tightening torque: 125A - 3.5Nm
250A - 15Nm
MGTB1254
Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs 100 - 250A)

MGNCB1004 100A 415V 4
MGNCB1604 160A 415V 4
MGNCB2004 200A 415V 4
MGNCB2504 250A 415V 4
MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A
MGNCB2004 ■ Devices fit directly into distribution board and are

supplied with 270mm extension box and terminal
shield
■ Can be fitted with shunt trip, UVR and auxiliary
switch. Refer to Compact NS Catalogue
■ Distribution boards fitted with a MCCB are
suitable for installations with fault levels up to
25kA
Specification:
■ BS EN 60947-2
BS 7671
■ Cable capacity 50mm2 - 185mm2
■ Terminal tightening torque 100A - 10Nm,
160, 200 and 250A - 15Nm
Surge arrestor kit

MGNPRD Supplied with extension box and protection device
Dual source incomer

MGNDSI ≤125A 415V 4
To be used in dual source applications, with standby being a portable/fixed

generator set or second transformer. Mechanically interlocks any combination of
the following incoming 4P devices:
■
MGNDSI ■
■
MGI1254
C120
C60
} To be ordered separately.
A padlocking facility enables either one or both to be locked in the OFF position or
using MGLA for locking ON.
Front cover is lockable using MGBL.
Cable capacity 50mm2.
Supplied complete with board connection.
15
Isobar 4
MGB loose enclosures
Application
MGB loose enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products,
primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to
the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit
MGBNSJK.
Alternatively they may be attached to the top or bottom of an MGB board using the
top/bottom joining kit MGBNTJKN.
Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover

18mm rows
MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158
MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158
MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158
MGBN8SXS
MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158
MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158
Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover

18mm rows
MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158
MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158
MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158
MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158
MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158
Specification:
■ Earth bar capacity 25mm2
MGBN8SXP ■ Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit,
see page 28
■ For enclosure accessories see page 18
For alternative enclosures see Section six, page 121.
Extra terminal bar for earth Type Part No.

■ For inside enclosure mounting For panel mounting
■ Including support 12 holes MG12EE
■ Current rating 200A 18 holes MG18EE
■ 25mm2 holes 24 holes MG24EE
36 holes MG36EE
48 holes MG48EE
56 holes MG56EE
72 holes MG72EE
16
Isobar 4
B board extension boxes and metering
Application
The range of B boards are manufactured in a 270mm modular height thereof, to
allow the user greater flexibility, so enabling the inclusion of single phase
distribution boards, multi service units, larger cabling arrangements etc.

MGBNEXN Extension box with plain
front cover. Provides
additional wiring space
or a housing for control
or metering equipment.
MGBNEXN

MGBNEX034N Extension box with DIN
rail, slotted front cover
and door. Provides
space for up to 17 SP
DIN mounted products.
Includes gland plate and
joining kit.
MGBNEX034N

MGBNEXA15N A 15 way Isobar 4c
A type distribution board
designed for fixing direct
on to any Isobar 4c
B type board.
MGBNEXA15N
Contactor incomer 100A

MGBN100CCI Provides contactor
control and isolation of
Isobar 4c
B type boards
Kit includes
■ 100A contactor 240Vac coil (Part No. 15978,
see page 46 for details)
■ Switch disconnector
■ Extension box 270mm
■ Interconnections
MGBN100CCI ■ 100A terminal block
3 phase kWh metering

MGBNKWH Extension box with
multi-function meter,
CT’s, wiring loom and
MCB to pick up voltage.
Meter provides
■ Phase voltage ■ kVArh
■ Current ■ Power factor
■ kWh, kW per phase ■ Pulsed output per kWh
Note: Voltage connection takes up 4 SP outgoing ways

MGBNKWH at bottom of stack
17
Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution board accessories
Part No. Description SP circuits

MGBNWL B board front
cover way labels 72
MGBNWL

MGTB1001 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as
an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels.
Note: cable must be provided with local protection to
comply with BS 7671.
Cable capacity 50mm2.
100A outgoing terminal block

MGBL Door lock for A and B boards
new style square sliding catch
MGK33 2 off spare keys for MGBL
Spare door catch
MGBL

BP 5 pole blanking plates (light grey).
Note: 1 off BP supplied with each distribution board.
BP

MGBNGPN Gland plate plain for B type distribution board
MGBNGPEXN Gland plate for Isobar extension box
Gland plate for B board with knock out
18
Isobar 4
TP&N type B distribution board accessories
Single phasing kit (125/250A)

Part No. Rating Voltage Description
MG125SPEV 125A 415V For 4P incomers up to 125A
MG250SPEV 250A 415V For 4P incomers up to 250A
Converts a TP&N B board incomer into single phase applications when used in
conjunction with the above terminal blocks and switch disconnectors.
MG125SPEV MG250SPEV

MGBNTJKN Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted
above or below each other.
MGBNSJK Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted
side by side.
MGBN63SPL 63amp split load kit kit.
MGBNSJK

MGNB4 Distributed neutral kit for 4 way TP+N
NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4)
Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit
MGNB6

MGNBCE7 for type B boards provides 7 clean earth or extra
neutral/earth holes.
MGNBCE25 25 hole
Clean earth facility
19
Isobar 4
Replacement pan assemblies, doors and covers
A board pan assembly*

MGAN6P 6 way SP&N pan assembly
MGAN9P
B board pan assembly

MGBN4P 4 way TP&N pan assembly
MGBN8P
A board door and cover

MGAN6C Suitable for MGAN6
MGAN6C
B board door and cover

MGBN4C Suitable for MGBN4
MGBN8C * for use only with C60H range
20
C60H
Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A
Installation
■ In Merlin Gerin Isobar 4 distribution boards
■ Symmetrical DIN rail
■ Direct panel mounting
■ Isobar 4 pan assemblies
Technical data
■ Current ratings: 1 - 63A at 300C to
BS EN 60898
■ Voltage ratings: 240 - 440Vac
■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898: 10kA,
BS EN 60947-2: 15kA
See page 140 for further information on breaking
capacities and dc ratings.
■ Operating cycles (O-C): on load 20,000
■ Operating temperature: -300C to +700C
■ Positive contact indication: in accordance
with BS 7671
■ Current limitation: Class 3
1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B Miniature circuit breakers ■ Width:
Pole 18mm SP ways mm
1 1 18
2 2 36
3 3 54
4 4 72
■ Dimensions: see page 172
■ Weight:
Pole Grams
1 110
2 220
3 340
4 450
Accessories: see page 26

Add on earth leakage: see page 23
Technical data: see page 133
Note: 2 and 4 pole C60H MCBs are suitable for

installation in Isobar 4 distribution boards and pan
assemblies with NKIT.
1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C Miniature circuit breakers
For current ratings greater than 63A, see Section four.
Note: Not suitable as outgoing way in Isobar 4c.
■ See page 135 for grouping factor
1, 2 and 3 pole Type D Miniature circuit breakers
21
C60H
Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A
C60HB type B (3 - 5In) C60HB miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

Applications Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P
Protection and control of circuits against overloads (A)
and short circuits. 1 C60HB 101 C60HB 201 C60HB 301 C60HB 401
2 C60HB 102 C60HB 202 C60HB 302 C60HB 402
■ In applications with general load characteristics
4 C60HB 104 C60HB 204 C60HB 304 C60HB 404
■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B: 6 C60HB 106 C60HB 206 C60HB 306 C60HB 406
magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In 10 C60HB 110 C60HB 210 C60HB 310 C60HB 410
■ Cable capacity: 16 C60HB 116 C60HB 216 C60HB 316 C60HB 416
2
1 - 25A = 25mm 20 C60HB 120 C60HB 220 C60HB 320 C60HB 420
2
32 - 63A = 35mm 25 C60HB 125 C60HB 225 C60HB 325 C60HB 425
■ Tightening torque: 32 C60HB 132 C60HB 232 C60HB 332 C60HB 432
40 C60HB 140 C60HB 240 C60HB 340 C60HB 440
≤ 25A = 2.5Nm
50 C60HB 150 C60HB 250 C60HB 350 C60HB 450
32 - 63A = 3.5Nm 63 C60HB 163 C60HB 263 C60HB 363 C60HB 463
C60HC type C (5 - 10In) C60HC miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

1 C60HC 101 C60HC 201 C60HC 301 24872
and short circuits.
2 C60HC 102 C60HC 202 C60HC 302 24873
■ In applications with moderate inrush currents, 4 C60HC 104 C60HC 204 C60HC 304 24875
such as certain lighting systems 6 C60HC 106 C60HC 206 C60HC 306 24876
■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C: 10 C60HC 110 C60HC 210 C60HC 310 24877
magnetic setting between 5 and 10 In 16 C60HC 116 C60HC 216 C60HC 316 24878
■ Cable capacity: 20 C60HC 120 C60HC 220 C60HC 320 24879
2
1 - 25A = 25mm 25 C60HC 125 C60HC 225 C60HC 325 24880
2
32 - 63A = 35mm 32 C60HC 132 C60HC 232 C60HC 332 24881
40 C60HC 140 C60HC 240 C60HC 340 24882
■ Tightening torque:
50 C60HC 150 C60HC 250 C60HC 350 24883
≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 63 C60HC 163 C60HC 263 C60HC 363 24884
32 - 63A = 3.5Nm
C60HD type D (10 - 14In) C60HD miniature circuit breakers Part No’s
and short circuits. 1 C60HD 101 C60HD 201 C60HD 301 25211
2 C60HD 102 C60HD 202 C60HD 302 25212
■ In applications with high inrush currents, such as
4 C60HD 104 C60HD 204 C60HD 304 25214
transformers, motors, certain lighting systems etc 6 C60HD 106 C60HD 206 C60HD 306 25215
■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type D: 10 C60HD 110 C60HD 210 C60HD 310 25216
magnetic setting between 10 and 14 In 16 C60HD 116 C60HD 216 C60HD 316 25217
■ Cable capacity: 20 C60HD 120 C60HD 220 C60HD 320 25218
2
1 - 25A = 25mm 25 C60HD 125 C60HD 225 C60HD 325 25219
2
32 - 63A = 35mm 32 C60HD 132 C60HD 232 C60HD 332 25220
40 C60HD 140 C60HD 240 C60HD 340 25221
■ Tightening torque:
50 C60HD 150 C60HD 250 C60HD 350 25222
≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 63 C60HD 163 C60HD 263 C60HD 363 25223
32 - 63A = 3.5Nm
22
Vigi C60
Add on residual current device for use with C60 MCBs only
Applications
Clipped onto the side of any C60 MCB, add on Vigis
provide a high level of protection against earth fault in
addition to overload and short circuit protection
provided by the MCB alone.
+ =
Effectively creating an RCBO to BS EN 61009, C60
MCBs with add on Vigis can be used with any
Isobar 4 distribution board, pan assemblies as well as
a wide range of DIN enclosures.
MCB 2P Vigi RCBO
1 3
Vigi modules - 2 pole for assembly with 1 or 2 pole MCBs
T
Part N .
o
Ratings Sensitivity Width in
(A) (mA) 18mm SP ways
MGV 25 010 2 25 10 2
MGV 63 030 2 63 30 2
2 4
MGV 63 100 2 63 100 2
MGV 63 300 2 63 300 2
1 3 5 7
Vigi modules - 4 pole for assembly with 3 or 4 pole MCBs T
Part N .
o
Ratings Sensitivity Width in
(A) (mA) 18mm SP ways
MGV 63 030 4 63 30 3
MGV 63 300 4 63 300 3
Terminal screw shields available for Vigi RCDs. 2 4 68
See C60 accessories on page 26.
Specification:
■ Standards Approval: BS EN 61008 (BS EN 61009 when fitted to MCB)
■ Operating voltage: 2 pole = 110/240V, 50/60Hz,
4 pole = 240/415V, 50/60Hz
■ Cable capacity: 2 pole = 25mm2,
4 pole = 35mm2
■ Tightening torque: 2.5Nm = 25mm2,
3.5Nm = 35mm2
■ Class AC
■ Integral self test button
■ Indication of earth fault trip
Note: Must not be used as the sole means of protection against direct contact
with live parts (BS 7671).
23
C60H RCBO (18mm)

Combined MCB/RCD
Applications
Protection against overloads, short circuits and earth leakage faults.
The C60H RCBO provides:

■ Protection against indirect contact
■ Supplementary protection against direct contact
(BS 7671)
■ Protection against insulation faults
■ Finger safe terminals
■ Reverse polarity protection
■ Loss of neutral and earth protection
■ Operating voltage: 200Vac - 230Vac
■ Current ratings: 6A - 45A
■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 61009 (type C)
magnetic setting between 5 - 10 In
■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 10,000A,
BS EN 60947 15kA
■ Class 3 current limiting overcurrent protection
BS 7671
■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position using MGLA
■ Trip free mechanism
■ Compatible with C60 auxiliaries and accessories
e.g. alarm contact, shunt trip
■ Load terminals cable capacity 16mm2
C60HC32R30
Installation
■ Isobar 4 distribution boards, pan assemblies and
standard enclosures on symmetrical DIN rail
Trip sensitivity Part No. Ratings Curve Class

AC class (A) type
C60HC6R30 6A 30mA C AC
Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents independent of
rate of rise. C60HC10R30 10A 30mA C AC
A class
Tripped by sinusoidal AC pulsed DC and those
containing DC component. C60HC32R30 32A 30mA C AC
C60HC10R100 10A 100mA C AC
C60HC16R100 16A 100mA C AC
C60HC20R100 20A 100mA C AC
C60HC32R100 32A 100mA C AC
C60HC45R100 45A 100mA C AC
C60HC6RA10 6A 10mA C A
24
Electrical auxiliaries
C60 MCBs and RCBOs
Applications
For the remote control and status indication of C60 MCBs.
■ They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker

within a maximum width of 54mm
■ Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the
circuit breaker
■ Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side)
■ A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same
circuit breaker
■ A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF)
on the same circuit breaker
■ A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN)
on the same circuit breaker
■ A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or
MSU) on the same circuit breaker
Auxiliary combination
+ + + +
OF+SD/OF OF SD Mx + OF, MN, Circuit

auxiliary auxiliary fault indication MN s MNx or breaker
contact contact switch MSU auxiliary
25
C60 MCBs and RCBOs
MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact)

Control Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
U> 110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 1
48 48 26947 1
12/24 12/24 26948 1
Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied.
Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover
contact for indication. Self breaks control circuit
14 12 C2 C1 allowing it to remain energised.
26946
MSU (voltage threshold release)

1P + N Control Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) ways
U>>
220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 2
220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479 2
N L
26979
MN (under voltage release)

Instantaneous Control Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
U<
220 - 240 26960 1
48 48 26961 1
115 (400Hz) 26959 1
220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 2
Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed.
D1 D2
26963
MNx emergency stop

voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) ways
U> 230 26969 2
230 26977 2*
400 26991 2*
400 26971 2
* For use with C60 only.
Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed
E1 E2 N L push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the
event of power supply failure.
26969
MX shunt release
voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
U>
110 - 415 110 - 130 26476 1
48 48 26477 1
12/24 12/24 26478 1
C2 C1
26476
26
C60 MCBs and RCBOs
SD fault indicating switch

Part No. Width in
18mm SP
ways
26927 0.5
Contact rating (V) (A)

240Vac 6A
Auxiliary contact 415Vac 3A
changes when device 24Vdc 6A
trips with front face 48Vdc 2A
94 92 91
indication, red for 125Vdc 1A
26927 tripped.
OF auxiliary contact
Part No. Width in
18mm SP
ways
26924 0.5

240Vac 6A
Auxiliary contact
415Vac 3A
changes with main
24Vdc 6A
contacts (on/off) with
14 12 11 48Vdc 2A
test button on front
125Vdc 1A
26924 face.
OF + SD/OF selector switch
Part No. Width in
18mm SP
ways
26929 0.5
Auxiliary contact and
selectable auxiliary or
fault contact with
front face indication.
24 22 21 Note: Does not fit
92 94 91 onto Isobar 4
26929 distribution board.
27
Accessories
For C60
Padlocking facility
Breaker Quantity Part No.
C60 Pack of 5 MGLA
Note: MGLA is suitable for use with C60 Description Part No.
MCBs/RCBOs mounted in Isobar 4 distribution Padlock 4mm hasp for MGLA MGLAP
boards. For MCBs/RCDs (pack of 2) 26970
MGLA
Screw shield
C60 Sealable and dividable
2 x strips of 4 26981
26981 Screw shield

C60 Vigi Sealable
1P shields 20 off 26982
Terminal shield
Breaker Pole Part No.
C60 pair 1 26975
2 26976
3 26975 + 26976
4 26978
26975/26976
Insulated sub distribution terminal

For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each Breaker Quantity Part No.
C60>25A Pack of 4 19091
19091
*Aluminium cable terminal

For cables of 16 - 50mm2 Breaker Quantity Part No.
C60>25A Pack of 1 27060
27060
* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards
28
Accessories
For C60
*Rear connection terminal

For cables up to 50mm2. Breaker Quantity Part No.
C60 Pack of 2 18528
* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards

18528
Inter-pole barrier
C60 Pack of 10 27001
27001
29
Accessories
For C60
Spacer
Breaker Width Part No.
C60 9mm 27062
27062
Replacement cover for vigibloc

C60 2 26483
Pack of 5 3 26484
replacements 4 26485
26483
30
Modular control products Section two
Local control 32 - 44
Remote control 45 - 54
Time management 55 - 58
Lighting management 59 - 60
Metering and measurement 61 - 70
Heating management 71
31
I switch disconnectors
20 - 125A
Application ■ Short circuit withstand: 20 x In: 1s

The I switches perform the operations of control and ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity
disconnection. 95% at 55°C)
■ Connection by tunnel terminals for:
Technical details ■ 10mm_ flexible/rigid cables for I 20 - 40A
■ Compliance with standards: ■ 50mm_ rigid cables or comb busbars, 35mm2
■ I 20, 32 and 40A: BS EN 60669-1, IEC 669-1 supple cables for I 63, 100 and 125A
■ I 63, 100 and 125A, IEC 947-3 ■ Tightening torque:
- Degree of pollution 3 ■ 20A = 1.4Nm
- Isolating voltage 500Vac ■ 32 - 40A = 2Nm
- Impulse voltage 6kV ■ 63 - 125A = 3.5Nm
- Degree of protection IP4X on the front panel ■ Auxiliary
- Frequency 50 - 60Hz O.C auxiliary switch
■ Isolation with positive contact indication ■ Contact breaking capacity:
■ DC application: 48V (110V with 2 series ■ 3A at 400Vac
connected poles) ■ 6A at 230Vac
■ Mechanical endurance:
■ Fixing by clipping onto symmetrical rail, on the left
■ I 20, 32 and 40A: 200,000 operating cycles
side of the switch
■ I 63, 100A and 125A: 50,000 operating cycles ■ Connection by tunnel terminals for 2 x 2.5mm
■ Electrical endurance: AC22, p.f. = 0.6: cables
■ I = 20 and 32A:30,000 operating cycles
■ I = 40 and 63A: 20,000 operating cycles
■ I = 100A: 10,000 operating cycles
■ I = 125A: 2,500 operating cycles
Type Rating Voltage Width Part No.

(A) (Vac) in 18mm
SP ways
I switches 20 250 1 15005
1P 32 250 1 15009
40 250 1 15024
1 63 250 1 15013
100 250 1 15090
125 250 1 15057
2
15013
I switches 20 250 1 15063
1P + indicator 32 250 1 15100
1 x1
2 x2
32
20 - 125A

(A) (Vac) in 18mm
SP ways
I switches 20 415 1 15006
2P 32 415 1 15010
40 415 2 15020
1 3
63 415 2 15014
100 415 2 15091
125 415 2 15058
2 4
15014
I switches 20 415 2 15064
2P + indicator 32 415 2 15101
1 3 x1
2 4 x2

(A) (Vac) in 18mm
SP ways
I switches 20 415 2 15007
3P 32 415 2 15011
1 3 5 40 415 3 15023
63 415 3 15015
100 415 3 15092
125 415 3 15059
2 4 6
15015

(A) (Vac) in 18mm
SP ways
I switches 20 415 2 15008
4P 32 415 2 15012
1 3 5 7 40 415 4 15019
63 415 4 15016
100 415 4 15093
125 415 4 15060
2 4 6 8

(A) (Vac) in 18mm
SP ways
Accessories
NO auxiliary 3 (6) 415 (230) 1 15096
Terminal shields 15094
15096
33
TR transformers
4 - 63VA
Application
Safety and bell transformers allow for a very low voltage to be obtained from a
230Vac supply.
Technical details
■ Primary voltage: 230Vac ± 10%
■ Secondary voltage on load:
■ 8 - 12 - 24Vac ± 15% for bell transformers
■ 12 - 24Vac ± 5% for safety transformers
■ Frequency: 50Hz - 60Hz
■ Compliance with standards: EN 61558-1,
IEC 61558-1
■ Connection tunnel terminals for cables up to
15212
4mm2
Type Power Secondary Width Part No.

(VA) voltage in 18mm
(Vac) SP ways
Bell transformer 4 8 2 15214
4 8 - 12 2 15213
8 8 - 12 2 15216
16 8 - 12 2 15212
25 12 - 24 3 15215
Safety transformer 16 12 - 24 5 15218

15 12 - 24 5 15219
20 12 - 24 5 15220
63 12 - 24 5 15222
15218
1 230V 11 1 230V 11 1 230V 11 1 230V 11
4 8V 8 4 6 8V 8 4 6 12V 8 4 10 12V 8
12V 24V 24V

15214 15212, 15213, 15215 15218, 15219
15216
1 230V 11 1 230V 11
8 8 13 12 6 8 10 12
24V 12V
15218, 15219 15220, 15222
34
RO buzzer and SO bell

Audible signalling
Application
Audible indication of signals.
Technical details
■ Sound level (at distance of 60 cm):
■ RO buzzer: 70dB
■ SO bell: 80dB
■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz
■ Consumption:
■ 3.6VA:8 - 12A
■ 5VA: 220 - 240V
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to
4mm2
15320
Type Secondary Sound Width Part No.

voltage level in 18mm
(V) (dB) SP ways
Bell 240 80 1 15320
12 80 1 15321
Buzzer 240 70 1 15322

12 70 1 15323
15322
SO bell RO buzzer
35
STI fuse carriers

Withdrawable gl or gG fuse links
Application
STI fuse carriers provide overload and short circuit protection.
Technical details
Carrier
■ Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P and
3P versions during factory assemble
■ Positive contact indication
■ To be equipped with gG (gL - gl) type fuse links,
with or without fuse blowing indicator
■ Fuse carrier:
■ Captive
■ Additional housing is provided for a spare fuse
15636
■ Optional indication: by indicator lights (see
accessories)
■ Connection: by tunnel terminals for rigid cables
up to 10mm2 and flexible cables up to 6mm2
■ Complies with standard: IEC 947-3
Fuse link
■ gG (gL - gl) types.
■ Fuse link without striker pin
■ Breaking capacity: as standard IEC 269-1/2
■ Vertitas and Lloyd’s approved
Dimensions Rating Operating Breaking

(Ø x L) (A) voltage capacity
(mm) (Vac) (kA) gG (gL - gl)
15775
10 x 38 32 500 80
Type Voltage Width Part No.

(Vac) in 18mm
ways
1P 500 1 15636
1P+N 500 1 15646
2P 500 2 15651
3P 500 3 15656
3P+N 500 3 15658
Type Rating Dimensions Part No.

(A) (mm)
gG (gl) fuse links 2 10.3 x 38 15775
4 10.3 x 38 15776
6 10.3 x 38 15777
10 10.3 x 38 15779
Blown fuse indicator 15668
36
PRD surge arresters

Draw out
Application
PRD removable surge arresters enable the rapid replacement of damaged
cartridges without any cable disconnection.
Technical details* Standards

Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: ■ IEC 61643-11 class 2 test
■ Incomer and protection:
■ PRD 40r/PRD 40 are recommended for a high PRD 40r/PRD 40
risk level ■ Imax (8/20µs): 40kA
■ The PRD 15 is recommended for a low risk level ■ In (8/20µs): 15kA
■ Secondary protection: ■ The PRD 4 0r includes:
■ The PRD 8 ensures secondary protection of ■ Operating indicator on front panel
loads to be protected and is placed in a
16562 cascading configuration with surge arresters at PRD 15
the incomer end ■ Imax (8/20µs): 40kA
■ In (8/20µs): 15kA
Common technical data
■ Operation indication by means of a PRD 8
mechanical indicator: ■ Imax (8/20µs): 40kA
■ White: normal operation ■ In (8/20µs): 15kA
■ Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester
to be conducted with a circuit breaker Spare cartridges
■ Recommended breaker: ■ 40, 15, 8 kA and neutral cartridges
■ Single phase + N: C60HC220 ■ The C40r and C neutral r cartridges have
■ Three phase + N: 24879 operating indicator
L
N
Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part No.
(V) MC MD (kV) in 18mm
SP ways
PRD65r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16557
PRD65r 3P 440 440 2 3 16558
PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16559
PRD40r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16562
PRD40r 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16563
PRD40r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16564
PRD40 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16567
PRD 1P+N PRD40 3P 440 440 275 1.8 3 16568
PRD40 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16569
L3
PRD15 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16572
L2
L1
PRD15 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16573
N PRD15 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16574
PRD8 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16577
PRD8 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16578
PRD8 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16579
Replacement cartridges
C65r - 440 16581
C65r - 275 16581
PRD 3P+N
C40r - 440 16583
C40r - 275 16583
C40 - 440 16585
C40 - 275 16585
C15 - 440 16587
C15 - 275 16587
C8 - 440 16589
C8 - 275 16589
C neutral r 16590
C neutral 16591
Isobar installation kit MGNPRD
* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document.
Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082
37
PF surge arresters
Fixed
Application
The PF all contained, multiple pole surge arrester range is especially adapted to TT
and TN-s earthing systems.
Technical details* PF 30r and PF 30

Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: Common mode protection
■ Incomer and protection: ■ Imax (8/20µs): 30kA
■ PF30r/PF30 are recommended for a high risk ■ In (8/20µs): 10kA
level ■ Up: 1.8kV
■ The PF 15 is recommended for a low risk level ■ Test button for front panel indicator.
■ Secondary protection: ■ The PF30r has a built-in remote indication
■ The PF 8 ensures secondary protection of loads contact:
to be protected and is placed in a cascading ■ Normally closed
15689 configuration with surge arresters at the incomer
end PF 15
Common technical data Common mode protection
■ Operation indication by means of a ■ Imax (8/20µs): 15kA
mechanical indicator: ■ In (8/20µs): 5kA
■ Not illuminated: OK ■ Up: 1.8kV
■ Flashing: surge arrester must be immediately Differential mode protection
replaced ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA
■ Disconnection upon thermal overload built into the ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA
surge arrester ■ Up: 1kV
■ Disconnection of the short circuited surge
arrester to be conducted with a circuit PF 8
breaker: Common mode protection
■ Single phase + N: C60HC220 ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA
■ Three phase + N: 24879 ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA
■ Up: 1.5kV
Differential mode protection
■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA
■ In (8/20µs): 2kA
■ Up: 1kV
Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part No.

(V) MC MD (kV) in 18mm
SP ways
PRD65r 1P+N 230 440 2 7 15684
PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 2 7 15685
PRD30r 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15689
PRD30r 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15690
PRD30 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15687
PRD30 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15688
PRD15 1P+N 230 440 250 1.8 2 15692
PRD15 3P+N 440 440 250 1.8 4 15693
PRD8 1P+N 230 440 250 1.5 2 15695
PRD8 3P+N 440 440 250 1.5 4 15696
L1 L3
N L2
L1
N L1
N L1 L2 L3
PF 1P+N PF 3P+N
* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document.
Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082
38
CM selector switches
Local control
Application
CM selector switches allow the manual switching of circuits.
Technical details
■ Voltage rating: 250Vac
■ Current rating: 20A
■ Electrical durability: 30,000 cycles AC22
■ Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and
IEC 60947-5-1
■ Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C
■ Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C
■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity
95% at 55°C)
18074 ■ Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or
without cable end:
■ Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess
screw, Pozidrive n°1
■ Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection
2 position selector switches
4 2 42 86 2 4
0 I 0 I 0 I
1 1 5 1 3
1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches 1NO + NC
3 position selector switches
2 4 2 4 6 8
I 0 II I 0 II
1 1 5
1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches
Type Circuit Width Part No.

in 18mm
ways
2 position
1 changeover 1 18070
1NO+1NC 1 18072
3 position
39
BP pushbuttons
Local control
Application
The BP pushbuttons are used to give manual impulse signals.
Technical details
■ Electrical durability: 30 000 switching operations
AC22 (cosØ = 0.8)
■ Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and
IEC 60947-5-1
■ Indicator light with LED technology:
■ Consumption: 0.3 W
■ Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous
18035 efficiency
■ Indicator light requires no maintenance
(non-interchangeable LEDs)
■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity:
95% at 55°C)
■ Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or
without cable end:
■ Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2 +/- recess
BP
3 1 1 3 1 3 1 3
4 2 2 4 2 4 2 4
1 NC 1 NO 1 NO+1 NC 1 NO/1 NC 1 NO/1 NC
BP with indicator light
1 x1 3 x1
2 x2 4 x2
1 NO 1 NC
Type Indicator Pushbutton Indicator Circuit Width Part No.

colour colour voltage in 18mm
ways
Single Grey 1NC 1 18030
Red 1NC 1 18031
Grey 1NO 1 18032
Double Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18033
Grey/Red 1NO+1NC 1 18034
Grey/Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18035
Pushbutton with Green Grey 110 - 230Vac 1NO 1 18036
indicator Red Grey 110 - 230Vac 1NC 1 18037
Green Grey 12 - 48Vac/dc 1NO 1 18038
Red Grey 12 - 48Vac/dc 1NC 1 18039
40
V indicator lights
Local control
Application
The V indicator lights provide visual indication and signalling.
Technical details
■ Complies with standard IEC 60947-5-1 (except
part number 18327 complies with standard IEC 73
and IEC 1000-4)
■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz
■ Indicator light with LED technology
■ Consumption: 0.3 W (0.5 W for Part No. 18327)
■ Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous
efficiency
■ Indicator light requires no maintenance
18326 (non-interchangeable LEDs)
■ Flashing frequency: 2Hz (18326)
■ Degree of protection:
■ IP4X for the part outside the enclosure
■ IP2X at the terminals
■ Divisible partition to accommodate a comb busbar
■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity
95% at 55°C)
■ Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or
without cable end:
■ Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess
x1- x1 x3 x1 x1 x2 x3
230Vac
= = =
x2+ x2 x4 x2 XC (N)*
Single indicator Double indicator Flashing Three phase

light light indicator light
Type Colour Voltage Width Part No.

in 18mm
ways
Single indicator Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18320
light Green 110 - 230Vac 1 18321
White 110 - 230Vac 1 18322
Blue 110 - 230Vac 1 18323
Yellow 110 - 230Vac 1 18324
Red 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18330
Green 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18331
White 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18332
Blue 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18333
Yellow 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18334
Double indicator Green/Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18335
light
Flashing indicator Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18326
light
Three phase indicator Red/Red/Red 230 - 400Vac 1 18327
light
41
XB device holder
Local control
Application
The device holders can be mounted on 35mm rail to facilitate mounting of
pushbuttons, indicators or other devices*.
Technical details
Button holder
■ For buttons, switches and indicators with metal or
plastic flange Ø 22 of the Telemecanique XB4 /
XB5 type*
■ Depth under rail 60mm (same as products in the
multi 9 range)
■ Drilling diameter: Ø 22.3
■ Self-extinguishing insulating material
15151 ■ Colour: light grey RAL 7035
Universal holder
■ For buttons, indicators, light emitting diodes
(LED), potentiometers
■ Easy drilling, to be adapted depending on use
■ Depth under rail 60 mm (same as products in the
multi 9 range)
■ Self extinguishing insulating material
■ Colour: light grey RAL 7035
Type Width Part No.

in 18mm
ways
22mm button holder 3 15151
Universal holder 3 15152
15152
* Further details of Telemecanique pushbuttons can be found in publication Ref: ICC 1854
42
PowerLogic:
Power meter series PM700
Applications
■ Panel instrumentation
■ Submetering and cost allocation
■ Remote monitoring of an electrical installation
■ Harmonic monitoring (THD)
■ Contract optimisation and load profiling
Characteristics
Large, easy-to-read display
■ Multiple values displayed at the same time on an anti-glare display featuring a
green back-light
Easy to operate
■ Intuitive navigation with context-sensitive menus for easy use
Only 50mm deep
■ Measures 96 x 96 x 50 mm including connectors and Modbus communications
Energy class 1 as defined by IEC 61036
■ Sufficient accuracy for submetering and cost allocation
Power, current demand, THD, min/max
■ Expanded metering data for the cost of analog metering
Description Part number

PM700/700P/710
Power Meter with THD, min/max PM700MG
Power Meter with THD, min/max,
2 pulse outputs PM700PMG
Power Meter with THD, min/max,
RS 485 communications PM710MG
Selection guide PM700 PM710 PM700P

General
Use on LV and HV systems ■ ■ ■
Current and voltage accuracy 0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
Energy and power accuracy 1.0% 1.0% 1.0%
Instantaneous rms values

Current, voltage, frequency ■ ■ ■
Active, reactive, Total and per phase ■ ■ ■
apparent power
Power factor Total ■ ■ ■
Energy values
Active, reactive, apparent energy ■ ■ ■
Demand values
Current Present and max. ■ ■ ■
Active, reactive, Present and max. ■ ■ ■
apparent power
Setting of calculation mode Block, sliding block, ■ ■ ■
rolling block
Data recording
Min/max of instantaneous values ■ ■ ■
Display and I/O

1 Mounting slots
Backlit LCD Display ■ ■ ■
Pulse output - - 2
2 RS485 communications (450C)
or 2 pulse outputs (450P)
3 Heartbeat LED
Communication
RS 485 port - 2 wire -
4 Control power
Modbus protocol - ■ -
5 Voltage inputs
6 Current inputs
43
PowerLogic:
Electrical characteristics
Type of measurement True rms up to the 15th harmonic
On three-phase AC system (3P 3P + N)
32 samples per cycle
Measurement Current and voltage 0.5 %
accuracy Power 1%
Frequency ± 0.01 Hz from 45 to 65 Hz
Real Energy IEC 61036 Class 1
Reactive Energy IEC 61036 Class 2
Data update rate 1s
Input-voltage Measured voltage 10 to 480 V AC (direct L-L)
characteristics 10 to 277 V AC (direct L-N)
0 to 3.2 MV AC (with external VT)
Metering over-range 1.2 Un
Impedance 2 MΩ (L-L) / 1 MΩ (L-N)
PM700 series back view Frequency range 45 to 65 Hz
Input-current CT ratings Primary Adjustable from 5A to 65534 A
characteristics Secondary 5 A starting at 10 mA
Measurement input range 0 to 6 A
Permissible overload 15 A continuous
50 A for 10 seconds per hour
120 A for 1 second per hour
Impedance < 0.1 Ω
Load < 0.15 VA
Control Power AC 110 to 415 ±10 % V AC, 5 VA
DC 125 to 250 ±20 % V DC, 3 W
Ride-through time 100 ms at 120 V AC
Output Pulse output PM700P Static output (240 ±10 % V AC or 300 ±
10% V DC, 100 mA max. @ 25 °C, derate 0.56 mA
per °C above 25°C) 2.41 kV rms isolation
Mechanical characteristics
Weight 0.37 kg
IP degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP52 front display, IP30 meter body
Dimensions 96 x 96 x 88 mm (meter with display)
96 x 96 x 50 mm (behind mounting surface)
Environmental conditions
Operating Meter -0 °C to +60 °C
temperature Display -10 °C to +50 °C
Storage temp. Meter + display -40 °C to +85 °C
Humidity rating 5 to 95 % RH at 50 °C (non-condensing)
Pollution degree 2
Metering category III, for distribution systems up to 277 V L-N /
480 V AC L-L
Dielectric withstand As per EN61010, UL508
Electromagnetic compatibility
Electrostatic discharge Level III (IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to radiated fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-3)
Immunity to fast transients Level III (IEC 61000-4-4)
Immunity to impulse waves Level III (IEC 61000-4-5)
Conducted immunity Level III (IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-8)
Immunity to voltage dips Level III (IEC 61000-4-11)
Conducted and radiated emissions CE commercial environment/FCC part 15 class B
EN55011
Harmonics emissions IEC 61000-3-2
Flicker emissions IEC 61000-3-3
Safety
Europe CE, as per IEC 61010-1
U.S. and Canada UL508
Communication
RS 485 port 2-wire, up to 19200 bauds, Modbus RTU
Firmware characteristics
Min./max. Worst min. and max. with phase indication for
voltages, currents, voltage unbalance, and THD. Min.
and max. values for power factor (True and
Displacement), power (P, Q, S) and frequency
Firmware update Update via the communication ports
Display characteristics
Dimensions 73 x 69mm Back-lit green LCD (6 lines total, 4 concurrent values)
44
CT contactors
16 - 100A
Application
CT Contactors can be used for remote switching of heating, lighting, or power
circuits. Full guidance on selection can be found on pages 160 - 161.
Technical details ■ Marking: contactors can be equipped with clip-on

■ Power circuit: markers, see page 39 for details
■ CT ratings: 16 - 100A (AC7a category)
■ Manually operated CT ratings: 16 - 63A (AC7a Manually operated contactors have a 3 position
category) selector switch on the front face:
■ Characterisation based on load types: see pages ■ Automatic mode
160 - 161 in the technical section ■ Temporary or permanent override operation
■ Voltage rating: 250Vac (1P and 2P): 400Vac (3P ■ Off
and 4P)
■ Frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz
■ Control circuit:
■ Voltage: 24Vac (± 10%), 230 - 240Vac
(-15% - +6%)
■ Coil frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz
■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity:
95% at 55°C)
■ Complying with standards: EN 61095, IEC
1095, NF, IMQ, NEMKO, SEMKO, VDE
■ Connection via tunnel terminals:
Type of Control Power
cable circuit circuit
16 and 25A 40 - 63A 100A
Flexible 2x2.5mm2 2x2.5mm2 2x10mm2 2x35mm2
Rigid 2x1.5mm2 6mm2 25mm2 50mm2
A1 A1
I P
Auto
O
A2 A2
CT contactor Manually operated CT contactor
Type of contacts
NO NC Mixed NO + NC
1 R1
1
1NO 2 1NC R2
1 3 R1 R3 1 R1
2
Contact number
2NO 2 4 2NC R2 R4 1NO+ 2 R2

1NC
1 3 5 R1 R3 R5 1 3 R1
3
3NO 2 4 6 3NC R2 R4 R6 2NO+ 2 4 R2

1NC
1 3 5 7 R1 R3 R5 R7 1 3 R1 R2
4
4NO 2 4 6 8 4NC R2 R4 R6 R8 2NO+ 2 4 R2 R4

2NC
45
CT contactors
16 - 100A
Type Rating Contacts Control Width in Part No.

(A) voltage (Vac) 18mm
ways
1P 16 1NC 24 1 16111
16 1NO 230 - 240 1 16113
25 1NO 230 - 240 1 15958
2P 16 2NC 24 1 16115
16 1NO+1NC 230 - 240 1 15856
16 1NO+1NC 24 1 16126
16 2NO 230 - 240 1 15957
25 2NO 230 - 240 1 15959
25 2NO 24 1 16020
25 2NC 230 - 240 1 15960
40 2NO 230 - 240 2 15966
15959
63 2NO 230 - 240 2 15971
63 2NO 24 2 16024
100 2NO 230 - 240 3 15977
3P 16 3NC 24 2 16118
16 3NO 230 - 240 2 16120
25 3NO 230 - 240 2 15961
40 3NO 230 - 240 3 15967
63 2NO+1NC 230 - 240 3 15319
63 3NO 230 - 240 3 15972
4P 16 4NC 24 2 16122
16 4NO 230 - 240 2 16124
16 2NO+2NC 24 2 16129
16 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 2 16130
25 4NO 230 - 240 2 15962
25 4NO 24 2 16022
25 4NC 230 - 240 2 15963
25 4NC 24 2 16023
25 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 2 15964
40 4NO 230 - 240 3 15968
15967 40 4NC 230 - 240 3 15969
63 4NO 230 - 240 3 15973
63 4NO 24 3 16025
63 4NC 230 - 240 3 15974
63 4NC 24 3 16026
63 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 3 15975
100 4NO 230 - 240 6 15978
Manually Operated
2P 16 2NO 230 - 240 1 16116
16 1N0+1NC 230 - 240 1 16127
25 2NO 230 - 240 1 15981
40 2NO 230 - 240 2 15984
63 2NO 230 - 240 2 15987
3P 25 3NO 230 - 240 2 15982
4P 25 4NO 230 - 240 2 15983
40 4NO 230 - 240 3 15986
63 4NO 230 - 240 3 15988
Accessories
15981
Terminal shield 2P 16/40/63 2 15922
Terminal shield 3/4P 16/25 2 15921
Terminal shield 3/4P 40/63 3 15923
Spacer for use every 2 contactors 0.5 27062
27062
46
ACT contactor auxiliaries

Remote control
Application
The ACT range of auxiliaries connect to CT contactors to provide indication
(ACTo+f), disturbance suppression (ACTp), impulsed or latched control and time
delays (ACTt).
Technical details
ACTo+ƒ
■ Contact: 1NO + 1NC:
■ 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1
■ 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1
ACTc
■ Min. impulse duration: 250ms
ACTt ■ Mains failure:
■ < 1s: keeps its initial status
■ > 5s: reset
■ Restarted via manual operation on X or T
ACTt
■ 4 types of time delay. See page 162 for details
ACTo+f ACTp ACTc ACTt

Combined with CT
Right hand side ■
Left hand side ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Via clips (1) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Power Supply
Voltage 230V 24V 230V 24 - 48V 24 - 240V
Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 0 - 50/60Hz 50Hz
Consumption
ACTp Off load 3VA 3VA 3VA 3VA 5VA
Inrush (2) 2A 2A 3A
Holding (2) 0.5A 0.5A 0.2A
Connection
Tunnel terminals ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Flexible cable (mm2) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5
Rigid cable (mm2) 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5
(1): Electrical and mechanical link
(2): Maximum consumption of all controlled contactors
L L L L
S S B S
1 1 1 23 P L 1 A1 1
A T
1
ACTp CT CT ACTo+f ACTc CT ACTt CT
A X
2
2 2 2 24 N 2 A 2
2
N N N N
ACTp ACTo+f ACTc ACTt
Type Control Width Part No.

voltage in 18mm
ways
ACTo+f 0.5 15914
ACTc 230 - 240Vac 1 18308
ACTc 24 - 48Vac/dc 1 18309
ACTp 230 - 240Vac 1 15920
ACTp 24Vac 1 15919
ACTt 24 - 240Vac 1 15917
47
RLI, RBN interface relays

Remote control
Application
The RLI, RBN and RTBT interface with automated systems to enable switching of
power circuits from low voltage supplies. The ERL is an extension for the RLI relay.

■ Electrical durability: 100,000 switching
operations
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 0.5 - 6mm2
cables
Specific technical data

RLI and ERL
15393 ■ Direct control on the front face:
■ Power by pushbutton
■ Coil: by selector switch (disconnection)
■ Position indicator: built into the pushbutton
■ Identification: clip-on markers on the front face,
ERL
■ It is mounted without tools or additional wiring by
means of a yellow clip
■ This clip is used for mechanical assemble and
electrical connection between coils
RBN and RTBT

■ Green pilot light on the control circuit
■ Enhance isolation between ELV/LV circuits:
4kV
1 5 1 5 A1 11 A1 11
A1
A2
2 4 6 2 4 6 A2 12 14 A2 12 14
RLI ERL RBN RTBT
Type Coil Consumption Output 10A Width in Part No.

voltage inrush @ 230V 18mm
(Vac) (holding) VA (cos Ø = 1) ways
RLI 230 - 240 4 (4) 10 1 15535
48 4 (4) 10 1 15536
24 4 (4) 10 1 15537
12 4 (4) 10 1 15538
ERL 230 - 240 4 (4) 10 1 15539
48 4 (4) 10 1 15540
24 4 (4) 10 1 15541
12 4 (4) 10 1 15542
RBN 230 - 240 5 (2.5) 2 1 15393
RTBT 12 - 24 0.22 2 1 15416
(ac or dc) (0.11)
48
RC control relays
Energy management
Application
The RCP relay monitors phase order and asymmetry on all phases of a 3 phase
circuit and reports loss or reversal. The RCI relay monitors the current flowing in a
circuit and reports when a preset threshold is reached.
Technical details
■ Operating temperature: -5 to +55°C
■ Consumption: 3VA
■ Indication:
■ Green LED for power ON
■ Red LED for fault
■ Output by 8 A changeover switch under 250Vac
21180
(cos Ø = 1)
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables from
1.5 - 6mm2
RCP
■ Operating voltage: 400Vac ± 15%
■ Phase asymmetry threshold setting: 5 - 25%
■ Hysteresis: fixed, 5% of asymmetry threshold
■ Phase rotation direction monitoring
■ 3 phase presence monitoring
■ Time delay on tripping: 0.3s
RCI
■ Measurement:
■ Range: 0.15 - 10A
■ Automatic recognition of ac and dc current
■ 1 measurement ranges selected by wiring
- 0.15 - 1.5A
21181 - 1 - 10A
■ Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
■ Threshold adjustable from 5 - 50%
■ Failsafe contact
■ Time delay on threshold reached: 0.1 - 10s
■ Power supply: 230Vac
■ Optional fault memorisation with rest
■ Compatible with TI current transformers with an
X/5 ratio. See page 69
L
Circuit to control
L1 0.15A ≤ Ir ≤ 1.5A
L2 1A ≤ Ir ≤ 10A
L3
F=60Hz
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
RCP RCI
Type Width Part No.

in 18mm
ways
RCP 2 21180
RCI 2 21181
49
RT time relay
Time management
Application
The RT range of time relays provide various delays for enhanced control.
RTA offers delay on energisation of the load.
RTB causes an off delay after energisation via the closing of an auxiliary contact.
RTC causes an off delay after energisation via the closing and opening of an
auxiliary contact.
RTH causes a time delay before energisation of a load.
RTL enables cyclic control with on and off timing.
RTMF is a multifunction time relay with the functionality of RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH.
Technical data Specific technical data

■ Time delay range: 0.1s - 100h RTA
■ Control circuit: ■ The single time delay cycle starts on energisation
■ Control and supply voltage: of the supply of the RTA relay
- 24Vdc ± 10% ■ The load is energised at the end of the time
- 24 - 240Vac ± 10% delay T
- RTMF: 12 - 240Vac/dc ± 10%
■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz RTB
16066 ■ Operating temperature: -5 to +55°C ■ The single time delay cycle starts on closing of an
■ Power circuit: auxiliary contact (pushbutton)
■ Changeover switch (without cadmium) ■ At the end of time delay T, the load is
- minimum rating: 10 mA/5Vdc de-energised
- maximum rating: 8 A/250Vdc and 8 A/250Vac
■ Mechanical durability: > 5x106 operations RTC
■ Electrical durability: > 105 operations (utilisation ■ The single time delay cycle only starts when an
category AC1) auxiliary contact is released (pushbutton)
■ Accuracy: ± 10% full scale ■ At the end of the time delay T, the load is
■ Minimum control impulse duration: 100mS de-energised
■ Maximum resetting time by voltage break:
RTH
100mS
■ The single time delay cycle starts on energisation
■ Repetition accuracy: ± 0.5% with constant
of the supply of the RTH relay
parameters
■ The load is de-energised at the end of time
■ Visualisation of contact status by green indicator
delay T
light (flashing during the time delay)
■ Unaffected by brownouts < 20mS
RTL
■ Case protection: IP40
■ The time delay cycle starts on energisation
■ Connection by tunnel terminals:
■ The load is energised for an adjustable time T,
■ 2 x 2.5mm2 single strand cable without end
then de-energised for an adjustable time R.
■ 2 x 1.5mm2 multi-strand cable with end
This cycle is repeated until the RTL relay supply is
de-energised
RTMF
■ As applicable, the RTMF generated the time delay
cycles of the RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH relays
50
RT time relay
Time management
RTA RTB
16065
RTC RTH
16069
RTL RTMF
Type Width Part No.

in 18mm
ways
RTA 1 16065
RTB 1 16066
RTC 1 16067
RTH 1 16068
RTL 1 16069
RTMF 1 16070
51
TL impulse relays and auxiliaries

Remote control
Application
TL and TLI impulse relays allow remote control from impulse commands
(mechanically latched) or from several control points. They can be used for control
of resistive circuits (incandescent lamps, lv halogen lamps, convectors)
and inductive circuits (fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps). TLc, TLm and TLs have
built in auxiliaries that allow centralised control, latched order control and/or remote
indication.
Technical data TLc impulse relay

■ Environment: Centralised control of a set of impulse relays.
■ Operating temperature: -20 to +50°C Keeps local impulse control.
■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% ■ Electrical control:
at +55°C) ■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for
15516 ■ Identification by clip-on markers on the front face automatic control: 200ms max)
■ Switching noise level < 60dBA (at 1M) ■ Centralised control: (recommended value for
■ Compliance with standard: EN 669-1, automatic control: 500ms max)
■ Possible combinations:
EN 669-2-2
■ Approved by NF USE, CEBEC, SEMKO, DEMKO, ■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz,
SETI ATLc+c
■ ATLc+s (only uses its indication function)
Specific to TL 16A, TLI, TLc, TLm and TLs
■ Power circuit: TLm impulse relay
■ Electrical endurance: Operates by latched order from a changeover
switch (selector, time switch, thermostat) of one or
- 200 000 cycles AC21
more TLm. The manual control is not operational.
- 100 000 cycles AC22
■ Electrical control:
■ Control circuit
■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for
■ Control voltage (Uc):
automatic control: 200ms max)
- tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% - 15%
■ Possible combinations:
- tolerance at 60Hz: Uc ± 6%
- tolerance in dc: + 6% - 10% ■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530)
■ Inrush power: ■ ATLc+s (only uses its indication function)
- 1P and 2P: 19VA
- 3P and 4P (TL + ETL): 38VA TLs impulse relay
■ Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for Remote indication of its electrical state
automatic control: 200mS ■ Auxiliary switch: 6A, 24 - 250Vac, cos Ø = 1
■ Maximum switching frequency: 5 ■ Electrical control:
operations/minute ■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for
■ Connection: (+/- screw, Pozidrive) tunnel automatic control: 200ms max)
terminals for cable 0.5 - 6mm2 ■ Possible combinations:
■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz,
Specific to TL 32A ATLc+s
■ Power circuit: ■ Indication: clip-on markers on the front face
■ Electrical endurance:
- 50 0000 cycles AC21
- 20 0000 cycles AC22
■ Control voltage (Uc):
- tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% -15%
- tolerance at 60Hz : Uc ± 6%
- tolerance in dc: Uc + 6% - 10%
■ Inrush power:
- 1P: 19VA, 2P: 38VA
- 3P: 57VA 4P: 76VA
■ Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for
automatic control: 200mS)
■ Maximum switching frequency: 5
operations/minute
■ Connection (+/- screw, Pozidrive):
■ Power circuit:
- tunnel terminals for cables up to 10mm2
- tunnel terminals for cables 0.5 - 6mm2
52
TL impulse relays
Remote control
1 1 3 1 3
A1 A1 A1
A2 A2 A2
2 2 4 2 4
TL 1P TL 2P TL1 1P
5 9
15500+15530 5
6 8 10
6
ETL 16A ETL 32A
1 1 11 1
A1 A1 A1
A2 A2 A2
On Off 2 On Off 2 12 14 2
TLc 1P TLm 1P TLs 1P

15510+15530
Type Rating Control Width in Part No.
voltage 18mm
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
TL 1P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15510
16A 130 48 1 15511
16A 48 24 1 15512
16A 24 12 1 15513
16A 12 6 1 15514
32A 230 - 240 110 1 15515
TL 2P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15520
16A 130 48 1 15521
16A 48 24 1 15522
16A 24 12 1 15523
16A 12 6 1 15524
ETL+1P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15530
16A 130 48 1 15531
16A 48 24 1 15532
16A 24 12 1 15533
16A 12 6 1 15534
15518 32A 230 - 240 110 1 15505
TLI 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15500
16A 48 24 1 15502
16A 24 12 1 15503
TLc 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15518
16A 48 24 1 15526
16A 24 12 1 15525
TLm 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15516
TLs 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15517
16A 48 24 1 15528
16A 24 12 1 15527
53
ATL impulse relays auxiliaries

Remote control
Application
The ATL auxiliaries connect onto TL impulse relays to provide time delayed control,
centralised control with indication and multi level centralised control.
Technical data
ATLt time delay auxiliary
Automatically returns the impulse relay to its initial
state after a time delay that may be set from 1 second
to 10 hours.
■ The time delay cycle starts when the device
closes. A new impulse order opens the impulse
relay and interrupts the cycle
■ Added to the left of TL, TLI, TLs, TLc
ATLc+s centralised control + indication auxiliary

Allows centralised control thanks to a ‘ pilot line’, of a
set of impulse relays controlling separate networks,
while keeping the possibility of local individual control
of each impulse relay. Also enables remote indication
of the mechanical state of each relay.
■ Added to the right of TL, TLI, ETL, TLs, TLc and
TLm
■ Auxiliary switch: 6A: 240V cos Ø = 1
ATLc+c centralised control + indication auxiliary

Allows centralised control of several sets of impulse
relays while conserving the possibility of local
individual control and multilevel centralised control.
■ Each set, made up of TLc or (TL or TLI or TLs) +
ATLc+s, must contain a single ATLc +c
■ Mounting: without mechanical connection to the
impulse relays and auxiliaries
14 11
On Off 12 14 Off On On Off

11
ALTt ALTc+s ALTc+c
Type Rating Control Width in Part No.

voltage 18mm
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
ATLt 16A 24 - 240 24 - 110 1 15411
ATLc+s 16A 130 - 240 1 15409
ATLc+c 16A 130 - 240 1 15410
54
IH mechanical time switches

60 minute - 7 days
Application
Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits according to the position
of programming jumpers by the user.
Technical details
Electrical data
■ Voltage: 230Vac ± 10%
■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz (50Hz for Part No. 15338)
■ Consumption: 2.5VA (1VA for Part No. 15338)
■ Time accuracy:
■ ± 2 second per day at 20°C
■ Contact rating:
Under 250Vac Under 250Vac

(cos Ø = 1) (cos Ø = 0.6)
16A 4A
■ Front face: IP40
■ Terminals: IP20
15335 ■ Operating temperature: -10°C to +50°C
24h 7 days
15335 15337 15366

15336
15338
16364
15365
15367
15365
Type No. of No. of Power Interval Width in Part No.
switching channels reserve between 18mm
operations 2 jumpers ways
IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 None 15min 1 15335
IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 100h 15min 1 15336
IH 1c 60min 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 15s 3 15338
IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 3 16364
IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 150hr 30min 3 15365
IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 2 150hr 30min 3 15337
IH 1c 7day 21on - 21off 1 150hr 4hr 3 15367
IH 1c 24hr + 7day 16on - 16off 1+1 150hr 45min 3 15366
+ 7on - 7off + 12hr
Spare riders 15341
55
IHP digital time switches

24 hours - 7 days
Application
Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits for the purpose of
heating, ventilation, lighting or any other application requiring time control.
Technical data Mechanical data

Electrical data ■ Degree of protection:
■ Voltage: 230Vac +/- 10% ■ Front face: IP40
■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Terminals: IP20
■ Consumption: 3 - 8.5VA ■ Operating temperature: - 10°C to +50°C
■ Saving of program and time by lithium battery ■ Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C
■ Time accuracy:
■ Contact rating:
Under 250Vac Under 250Vac
(cos Ø = 1) (cos Ø = 0.6)
16A 4A
15854
1 3 5
L N
C2
16 (10)A 250V ~
12 15 18 21 24
Prog 9 Auto 12 15 18 21 24
n 04 02 6 03 10 99 9 Auto
On Off
3 6 03 10 99
10:54 Off
menu ok
0 10.30 3
Res 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 10.30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16 (10)A 250V ~
16 (10)A 250V ~
C1
L1
C1
L1
N1
15722 N 2 4 6 N1
N 2 4 6
230V Load
Load 230V Load
15351 15720 15722

15721 15723
Type No. of No. of Width in Part No.

switching channels 18mm
operations ways
IHP 18mm 1c 28 1 1 15854
IHP 1c 28 1 2.5 15720
IHP+ 1c 42 1 2.5 15721
IHP 2c 42 2 2.5 15722
IHP+ 2c 42 2 2.5 15723
56
ITM multifunction time switch

60 minute - 7 days plus specified days
Application
Weekly or annual programming distributed over 4 output channels from a maximum
of 6 conditional inputs. Create a flexible time managed operation or control a
number of applications from one device.
Technical data
Electrical data
■ Voltage: 230Vac ± 10%
■ Frequency: 50Hz
■ Saving program and time by lithium battery:
■ Lifetime: 10 years
■ Back-up time: 5 years
■ Time accuracy:
■ Contact rating:
■ 10A under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1)
■ 6A under 250Aac (cos Ø = 0.6)
Mechanical data
■ Overall dimensions: 10 modules of 9mm
15270
■ Weight: 290g
■ Degree of Protection:
■ Front face: IP40
■ Terminals: IP20
■ Operating temperature: -5°C to + 50°C
■ Accessory:
■ Removable memory cartridge
L N (switch, pushbutton,
light sensitve switch, thermostat,
motion control switch, etc..)
L N 1 2 3 4 5 6
6 x 230Vac inputs
230V~ 50Hz 1...6 =
EntrÈes / Inputs 230V~
menu OK
- +
C1......C4
Removable memory cartridge 15280 optional
Canaux / Channels 10A / 230V~
4 x 230Vac 10A output channels

C1 C2 C3 C4
C1-C2 C3-C4
Load
On
(lamp, small motor,
Off bell, luminous sign
etc)
L N L N L N L N
! Preferably relay your
load with a contactor.
Type No. of No. of Width in Part No.

switching channels 18mm
operations ways
ITM 4c 6i 40 45 weekly
15 annual
12 pulse 4 5 15270
Accessories
Memory cartridge 15280
57
MIN timers and PRE switch off warning

Lighting management with time
Application
MIN, MINe and MINs opens a contact after a predetermined time.
PRE Is used with MIN on incandescent lighting circuits to reduce provide advance
warning of switch off by reducing the brightness.
Technical data*
■ Consumption: < 5VA
■ Ingress Protection: IP40
■ Connection:
■ Tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm
MIN only
■ Two operating modes triggered by switch on
front face:
■ Automatic mode:
- operation in timing mode
- time delay adjustable from 1 - 7 minutes
- setting in steps of 15 and using thumb knob
- pressing a pushbutton renews the time delay
■ Manual override mode
15363 ■ Maximum power required:
- incandescent or low voltage 230V
halogen lighting: 2000W
PRE only
■ Only to be used with the following timers: 15363
■ 50% reduction in brightness during warning time
■ Time adjustable from 20 - 60 seconds
■ Maximum power: 2000W for incandescent
lighting only
■ Not compatible with fluorescent tubes,
fluocompact lamps and very low voltage halogen
lamps
Type Voltage Output Width in Part No.

(A @ cos Ø = 1) 18mm
15233
ways
MIN 230 16 1 15363
PRE 230 1 15233
Accessory
Terminal Shield 15359
* Timing diagrams can be found on page 152 in the technical Section.
58
IC light sensitive switches

2 - 2000 lux
Application
The IC switches open or close a contact when the photo cell detects that a lighting
level has been reached.
The IC/P switch has the additional function of time dependency.
Technical data
■ Photo-cell: “panel front face” type (IP54) supplied
■ Time delay before switch ON and switch OFF 40S
L 3 5
■ Luminosity monitoring: light goes on when
threshold is reached
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to
M
6mm2 2 35
■ Contact ratings:
■ 10A: cos Ø = 1
■ 6A: cos Ø = 0.6 N 2 4 6
■ Consumption: 3VA 220 - 240V Utilisation

IC200
IC200
15284 ■ Brightness threshold: adjustable from
L 3 5
2 - 200 lux
IC2000/IC2000P
M
■ Brightness threshold: 2 35
2
35 2000
■ 2 adjustable thresholds: 2 - 35 lux or

35 - 2000 lux
N 2 4 6
IC2000P 220 - 240V Utilisation
■ Autonomy: 6 years
■ Continuous liquid crystal display of: IC2000
■ Time (hours and minutes)
■ Day of the week, week
■ Switching status L 3 5
■ Minimum programming interval: 1 minute

■ Memory: 42 settings
15286 ■ Program: 24 hours and 7 days d h m
■ Summer-winter time changes: a single 2 35

2
35 2000
prog
operation without modifying the program
■ Easy program control:
■ Forced “on” or “off” overrides N 2 4 6
■ Advanced switching Utilisation
220 - 240V
■ Setting deletion to modify or remove a sequence
■ Holiday override: 1 - 45 days IC2000P
Type Voltage Width in Part No.

(Vac) 18mm
ways
IC200 220 - 240 2.5 15284*
IC2000 220 - 240 3.5 15368*
IC2000P 220 - 240 5 15286*
15281
Accessories
Photocell (IP65) for IC2000 Flush mount 15281
Photocell (IP54) for IC2000/P Wall mount 15268
*supplied with a 15268 photocell
15268
59
C movement detection
4 - 30 meters
Application
Automatic control of lighting or heating systems by the detection of movement or
presence in a monitored area.
Technical data* CDP/CPDt

■ Power supply: 230Vac ± 10%, 50Hz ■ Degree of protection: IP20
Specific technical data ■ Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C
CE30 ■ Weight: 144g
■ Output contacts: ■ Dimensions:
■ 10A cos Ø = 1 ■ Diameter: 120mm
■ 5A cos Ø = 0.5 ■ Height: 70mm
■ Incandescent lights: relays compulsory ■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm
■ Degree of protection: IP43
■ Connection: 1.5mm2 spring tunnel type terminals CDP
■ Lighting power:
■ Consumption: < 1W
■ Incandescent lights: 2000W max
■ Operating temperature: - 25 to +55°C
■ LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W
CDM max
■ Lighting power: ■ Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast:
■ Incandescent lights: 1000W max 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5)
57655 ■ Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast:
■ Halogen lamps: 500W max
500W max (cos Ø = 0.5)
■ Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays
compulsory
CDPt
■ Lighting power (max number of 1 - 10V
■ Connection: screw terminals up to 2.5mm2
ballasts):
■ Consumption: 1.1VA
■ 16 x (1 x 36W)
■ 12 x (1 x 58W)
■ 12 x (2 x 36W)
■ 8 x (2 x 58W)
Type Detection Range Brightness Time Movement Presence Part No.

angle (m) threshold delay
(Lux)
CE30 20 30 5 - 300 40 sec x 57655
16990 - 8 min
CDM 0 - 180 0 - 12 3 - 80 4 sec x 16990
- 15 min
CDP 180 - 360 4 - 24 20 - 1300 4 - 15 min x x 16992
CDPt 180 - 360 4 - 24 100 - 1300 4 - 15 min x x 16994
Accessories
Additional Remote control for CDPt 16995
16992
16994
* Refer to Section seven page 155 for further information.
60
AMP/VLT analogue ammeters and voltmeters

Metering and measurement
Application
The meters facilitate the real-time monitoring of current and voltage.
Technical details
■ Ferromagnetic device
■ Connection:
■ Tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 6mm2 rigid cable
■ Pseudo-linear scale over 90°
■ Overall dimensions: h = 79 : w = 72 : d = 66mm
■ Weight (g): 170
■ Complied with standards: IEC 51 - IEC 414
■ Terminal block IP40
AMP: 16029
■ Terminals IP20
■ Installation temperature: -25°C to +55°C
■ Reference temperature: 23°C
■ Effect of temperature on accuracy ± 0.03%/°C
■ Overload AMP ONLY
■ Maximum for 5 seconds: 10 In
■ Permanence: 1.2 In
■ Accuracy class: 1.5
Type Scale Connection Width in Part No.

(A or V) with CT 18mm
ways
Amp with direct connection

0 - 30 Direct 4 16029
VLT: 16060 AMP with connection via CT

Basic device xxx/5 4 16030
Dials 0-5 (See TI range on pages 77-78) 16031
0 - 50 16032
0 - 75 16033
0 - 100 16034
0 - 150 16035
0 - 200 16036
0 - 250 16037
0 - 300 16038
0 - 400 16039
0 - 500 16040
0 - 600 16041
0 - 800 16042
0 - 1000 16043
0 - 1500 16044
0 - 2000 16045
VLT Scale
0 - 300 4 16060
0 - 500 4 16061
A V
3 4 3 4
Load Load
Analogue AMP Analogue VLT
61
AMP/VLT/FRE digital meters

Application
The meters facilitate the real time monitoring of current, voltage and frequency.
Technical details
■ Supply voltage: 230Vac
■ Display by red LED: 3 digits
■ Accuracy at full scale: 0.5% ± 1 digital
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cables
■ EMC electromagnetic compatibility:
IEC EN 50081-1 and IEC EN 50082-2
■ Safety: IEC EN 61010-1
15201
AMP 10A
■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating
■ Measurement input consumption: 1VA
AMP Multirange
■ Ratings:
■ In direct reading: 5A
■ By CT (not supplied) configurable on the front
face of the ammeter: 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60,
100, 150, 200, 250, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000,
1500, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000A
■ Measurement input consumption: 0.55VA
VLT
■ Direct measurement: 0 - 600Vac
■ Input impedance: 2 MΩ
FRE
■ Minimum value measured: 20Hz
■ Maximum value measured: 100Hz
■ Full scale display: 99.9Hz
Type Scale Connection Width in Part No.

with CT 18mm
ways
Amp with direct connection

0 - 10A Direct 2 15202
AMP with multirating

0 - 5000A As per rating 2 15209
VLT
0 - 600V As per rating 2 15201
FRE
20 - 100Hz As per rating 2 15208
L L L
L N 0-800V 20-600V
N N N
230V 230V 230V
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Digital AMP + TI Digital VLT Digital FRE
62
PM9 multimeter
Application
The PM9 digital multimeter displays the values of a three phase network. It provides
information for the whole installation including voltage, current, active, reactive and
apparent power, power factor, phase shifts, active and reactive energy and
frequency.
Technical details ■ Range of voltage transformers (VT):

■ Supply voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Primary: 1 - 9999V
■ Maximum measurement voltage without ■ Fixed secondary: 230V
voltage transformer: 3 x 400Vac (rms) ■ Accuracy class:
■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Voltage: 0.5% of full scale
■ Back-lit LCD display with: ■ Current: 0.5% of full scale
■ 3 groups each with 3 digits ■ Active energy: class 2 as per IEC EN 61036
15196 ■ Reactive energy: class 3 as per IEC-EN 61268
■ The type of measurement in progress
■ The phase measured ■ Maximum consumption of each measurement
■ The unit: V, A, kW, kWh, VAr, Hz, pf input: 0.55VA
■ Range of current transformers (CT): ■ Operating temperature: -5°C to +55°C
■ Primary: 1 - 9999A ■ Storage temperature: -40°C to +85°C
■ Fixed secondary: 230A ■ Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2
Type Supply Width Part No.

voltage in 18mm
ways
PM9 230 4 15196
Note: Do not earth the Three phase and neutral network: 3 x 230/400V Three phase network: 3 x 400V
secondary of the CT’s N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
(2)
P1 S1
230V
P2 S2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
L3
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P1
P1 S1 P1 S1
P2 S2 P2 S2
P1 S1 P1 S1
P2 P2 S2 P2 S2
P1 S1 P1 S1
P2 S2 P2 S2
Three phase network: 3 x 230V Three phase and neutral network with or without
neutral greater than 400V
L1 L2 L3 L3
L2
L1
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P1 S1
P2 S2
P1 S1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P2 S2
P1 S1
L1
P2 S2
L2
L3
63
CM selector switches
Application
The CM selector switches provide selection of phases when used in conjunction
with AMP or VLT meters.
Technical details
■ Rotary handle
■ Maximum operating voltage: 440V, 50/60Hz
■ Nominal thermal current: 10A
■ Mechanical durability (AC21A-3 x 440V):
2000,000 operations
■ Electrical durability: 1000,000 operations
15125
■ Connection: jumper terminals with captive
screws, for cables up to 1.5mm2
■ Complies with standards:
■ IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3)
■ VDE 0660 - 107
■ UL
Type Voltage Rating Width Part No.

(Vac) (A) in 18mm
ways
CMA 415 10 2 15126
CMV 415 10 2 15125
N 1 2 3 N 1 2 3
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
4 10 2 12 10 6 2
S2 CMA CMA
3 2 1 3
A
V
64
CE/ME watt hour meters

Application
Class 2 watt hour meters are designed for sub metering. They meter the electrical
power consumed per hour by a single or three phased electrical load. There are two
distinct families:
■ Meters with electro-mechanical displays: CE range
■ Meters with digital displays: ME range
Technical details
CE, Cer
■ Power consumption: 5VA
■ Utilisation for all types of load up to 10% of third
current harmonics
17067 ■ Connection via tunnel terminals: 2.5mm2 and
up to 50mm2
3P+N network SP network

use of 3 TI use of 2 TI
Ph-N voltage Ph-Ph voltage
230V 400V
Maximum current Maximum power Maximum power
(A) (kW) (kV)
50 34.5 40
100 69 80
200 138 160
400 276 320
ME
■ Accuracy class: 2
15464 ■ Frequency: 50/60Hz
■ Total meter:
■ On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases
(three phase network)
■ Capacity
- ME1, ME1z, ME1zr, ME3, ME3zr, ME4, and ME4zr:
999.99 MWh
- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A
999.99 MWh
- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A:
9999.99 MWh
■ Display: in kWh or MWh with 5 significant digits
■ Partial meter:
■ On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases
(three phase network)
■ With RESET
■ Capacity:
- ME1z, ME1zr, ME3zr and ME4zr: 99.99 MWh
- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A:
99.99 MWh
- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A:
999.99 MWh
■ Display: in kWh or MWh with 4 significant digits
■ Flashing meter indicator (yellow) on front panel
■ Connection using tunnel terminals:
■ Primary connection: 6mm2
■ Secondary connection: 16mm2
■ Conform to IEC 1036 standard (with a sealable
enclosure)
65

L1 L2 L3
To impulse
meter
N L To impulse
L1 L2 L3 To impulse
meter (ME1zr) meter (ME3zr)
10/x imp./ kWh

0.1 imp./ kWh
1 imp./ kWh
N L1 L2 L3
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN 10(63)A Cl.2
3x400V - 3x230V - 50/60Hz
100 imp./ kWh
10(63)A Cl.2 10000/x imp./kWh
230Va50/60Hz kWh
kWh
1000 imp./ kWh
17076
kWh
17072
17067
ME3zr ME4zrt
L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 S1(L1)S2 S1(L2)S2 S1(L3)S2
ME1zr
N N L L P1 S1
P2 S2 P1
S1
P2 S2 P1 S1
P2 S2
L1 L2 L3
N L
ME1zr ME3 ME4zrt

ME3zr
N L
To impulse N L1 L2 L3 To impulse
N L1 L2 L3 U
meter (ME4zr) meter
I
IN
0.1 imp./ kWh
MERLIN GERIN
10/x imp./ kWh
10(63)A Cl.2
3x230/400Va 50/60Hz
100 imp./ kWh
kWh N L1 L2 L3
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
17071
MERLIN GERIN
10000/x imp./kWh
kWh
ME4zr
17072
N N L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3
ME4zrt
S1(L1)S2 S1(L2)S2 S1(L3)S2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
P1 S1
P2 S2 P1
S1
S2 P1 20 22 24 26 20 22 24 26
P2 S1 N L
N L1 L2 L3 P2 S2
In = 25 A In = 90 A
ME4 ME4zrt CE 1P
ME4zr
S1 S2
IL1
L1 L
P1
U
S1 S2
IL2
L2
U
P1
S1 S2
I
IN
IL3
L3
P1
IN
N 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
20 22 24 26 20 22 24 26
L
18 20 22 24 26
50 A In = 25 A In = 90 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
CE 3P CEr 1P
66

Operation CE CE CE ME1 ME3 ME4 ME4zrt

CEr CEr CEr ME1z ME3zr ME4zr
(1P) 3P 230V 3P 400V ME1zr
Single phase ■ ■
Three phase ■ ■ ■ ■
Three phase + neutral ■ ■ ■ ■
Rated voltage
230V (1P+N) ■ ■
230V (3P) ■ ■ ■
400V (3P) ■ ■ ■
127/230V (3P+N) ■
230/400V (3P+N) ■ ■ ■
Frequency (50/60Hz) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Direct measurement current (A)

For single phase 25 or 90 63
For three phase 63 63
Current measurement 50 - 400 50 - 400 40 - 6000
via CT (A)
Total meter ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Total meter capacity 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh With CT ≤150A
999.99 MWh
With CT ≥ 150A
999.99 MWh
Partial meter ■ ME1z/ME1zr ■ ME3zr ■ ME4zr
(with RESET)
Display
Electro-mechanical ■ ■ ■
(6 significant digits
in kWh)
Digital (5 significant ■ ■ ■ ■
digits in kWh or MWh
Remote transfer ■ CEr ■ ■ CEr ■ ME1zr ■ ME3zr ■ ME4zr ■

(A) rating in 18mm
(Vac) ways
Single phase
CE 25 or 90 230 6 15464
Cer 25 or 90 230 6 15466
ME1 63 230 2 17065
ME1z 63 230 2 17066
ME1zr 63 230 2 17067
Three phase three wire

ME3 63 3x400 4 17075
ME3zr 63 3x400 4 17076
17067
Three phase four wire
CE 50 - 400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15465
Cer 50 - 400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15467
ME4 63 3x230/400 4 17070
ME4zr 63 3x230/400 4 17071
ME4zrt 40 - 6000(via CT) 3x230/400 4 17072
15464
For more information refer to publication Ref’s: MGD 5171 and MGD 5195
67
CH/CI counters
Application
The CH counters measure the total operating time of any load. The CI counters
count 230Vac pulses from devices such as utility meters or people counters.
Technical details
CH
■ Electromechanical display
■ Maximum display: 99999.99 hours
■ Display accuracy: 0.01%
■ Without reset
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable
15440
■ Mounting on symmetrical rail
CI
■ Supply and metering voltage: 230Vac,
50/60 Hz
■ Maximum display: 9 999 999 impulses
■ Without reset
■ Metering data
■ Minimum impulse time: 50ms
■ Minimum time between 2 impulses: 50ms
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable
Type Control Width Part No.

voltage in 18mm
15443
ways
CH 230Vac 2 15440
CI 230Vac 2 15443
CI
2 3
CH
2 3
Kwh
Load Load
CH CI
68
TI current transformers
Application
TI are a range of current transformers with a ratio of x/5 for use with measurement
devices (AMP, ME) and control devices.
Technical details
■ Suited to all types of modular electrical
switchboards and enclosures
■ Easy installation on symmetrical rail
■ Easy, reliable connection using tunnel terminals,
terminals for lugs or screw terminals
■ Compliance with standards: IEC 44-1,
NEF 42502, VDE 0414, BS 7626 and IEC 38-1
16503 ■ Ambient installation temperature:
■ Standard range: -5°C to +55°C, humidity < 95%,
■ Tropicalised range: -25°C to +60°C
humidity > 95%
TI electrical data
■ Maximum voltage rating Ue: 720V
■ Secondary current: 5A
TI mechanical data
■ Maximum dimensions of primary circuit opening
and weight:
Part No. Opening Diameter Weight

(mm) (mm) (g)
16500 - 16506 and 16451 - 16456 20x5 21 200
16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 30x10 22 270
16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 40x10 35 430
16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474 64x11 and 51x31 500
16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 65x32 32 600
16537 - 16538 34x84 700
16540 - 16544 38x127 1500
16545 - 16547 52x127 1500
16548 - 16549 55x165 5000

Ring type current transformers
■ Secondary connection using terminals for crimped
lugs, tunnel terminals or using studs (depending
on Part No.)
■ Delivered with:
Part No. Adaptor Adaptor Insulated Sealable

for fixing for fixing binding cover
on a on a screw
symmetrical plate
rail
16500 - 16506 and 16451 - 16456 ■ ■ ■
16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 ■ ■ ■ Optional
16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 ■ ■ ■ Optional
16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474 ■ ■ ■
16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 ■ ■
16537 - 16538 ■ ■
16540 - 16544 ■ ■
16545 - 16547 ■ ■
16548 - 16549 ■ ■
For further details on selecting a current transformer, see page 161.
69
TI current transformers
Rating Part No. Part No. Part No. Power (VA)

standard tropicalised cylinder Accuracy class
TI TI 0.5 1 3
40/5A 16500 16550 1
50/5A 16501 16451 16550 1.25 1.5
75/5A 16502 16452 16550 1.25 3
100/5A 16503 16453 16550 2 2.5 4
125/5A 16504 16454 16550 2.5 4 5
150/5A 16505 16455 16550 3 4 6.5
16509 16459 1.5 5.5 6.5
200/5A 16506 16456 16550 4 6 7
16510 16460 4 7 8.5
16526 16476 2 5
250/5A 16511 16461 16551 6 9 11
16503 16518 16468 2.5 5 8
16627 16477 1 4 6
300/5A 16512 16462 16551 7.5 11 13.5
16519 16469 4 8 12
16528 16478 1.5 6 7
400/5A 16520 16470 8 12 15
16529 16479 5 7.5 10
16513* 16463 16551 10.5 15 18
500/5A 16521 16471 10 12 15
16523 16473 2 4 6
16530 16480 8 10 12
16514* 16464 16551 12 18 22
600/5A 16524 16474 4 6 8
16531 16481 8 10 12
16515* 16465 16551 14.5 21.5 26
800/5A 16532 16482 12.5 15 20
1000/5A 16533 16483 15 20 25
1250/5A 16534 20 25 30
16537 12 15 20
16512 16540 8 12
1500/5A 16535 22.5 30 35
16538 15 20 25
16541 10 15
2000/5A 16542 15 20
2500/5A 16543 20 25
16545 40 50 60
300/5A 16544 25 30
4000/5A 16547 60 80 100
5000/5A 16548 60 120
6000/5A 16549 70 120
* Only for use with cylinder
Accessories Part No.

Sealable cover for 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 16552
Sealable cover for 16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 16553
70
TH modular thermostats
Energy management
Application
The TH3 and TH6 modular thermostats offer close tolerance temperature control for
a variety of applications.
Technical data
■ Output contact rating:
■ 5 A at 250Vac cos Ø =1
■ 1 A at 250Vac cos Ø = 0.6
■ Electronic thermostat:
■ Temperature difference between tripping and
activation: ± 0.2°C
15840
TH3
■ Three indicator lights visualise:
■ Above freezing operation (green)
■ Reduced operation (yellow)
■ The make position of the output contacts (red)
■ Connection: 6mm2 tunnel terminals
■ Delivered with ambient temperature probe
TH6
■ Indicator light: a (red) light emitting diode
visualises the make position of the output
contacts
■ Connection: 2 x 2.5mm2 tunnel terminals
■ Delivered without probe
15841
Type Temperature Width in Part No.

range 18mm
(0C) ways
TH3 (c/w probe 15846) +8 to +26 4.5 15841
TH6 -30 to +90 4.5 15840
Accessories
Ground probe 15845
Ambient probe 15846
Outdoor probe 15847
Collar probe 15848
External contacts
Above Reduced
freezing setpoint
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient L NO L N Ambient L NO L N
{
temperature 220/240V temperature 220/240V

control control
TH3 TH6
71
72
Unit mounted residual

Section three
current devices
RMG residual current devices 74
RMG auxiliaries 75
RMG accessories 76
RMG enclosures 77
The devices featured in Section three are not suitable for

mounting in the Isobar 4 outgoing connection system
73
RMG residual current devices

Ratings: 16 - 100A
Sensitivities: 10 - 300mA, time delayed
Application
Type RMG residual current devices provide the functions of isolation, switching and
earth leakage protection of electrical circuits. They have a residual current operated
electro-mechanical release which operates without any auxiliary source of supply to
open a circuit automatically in the case of an earth leakage fault between phase and
earth greater than or equal to a threshold of 10, 30, 100, or 300mA.
Type RMG RCD - two pole 240V Class AC

Rating Sensitivity Part No.
(A) (mA)
16 10 RMG 16 010 2
25 10 RMG 25 010 2
RMG 80 030 2 25 30 RMG 25 030 2
40 30 RMG 40 030 2
Specifications 40 300 RMG 40 300 2
■ RCD: BS EN 61008 63 30 RMG 63 030 2
63 100 RMG 63 100 2
63 300 RMG 63 300 2
Technical data 80 30 RMG 80 030 2
■ Positive contact indication in accordance with 80 100 RMG 80 100 2
BS 7671 80 300 RMG 80 300 2
Unwanted tripping 100 30 RMG 100 030 2
All RMG rcd's incorporate a filtering device preventing 100 100 RMG 100 100 2
the risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages 100 300 RMG 100 300 2
(lightning, line disturbances on other equipment...) and 80 100
transient currents (from high capacitive circuits.) time delayed 50 - 70ms 23111
100 300
Electrical data time delayed 50 - 70ms 23116
■ Current ratings: 16A - 100A 100 100
■ Voltage ratings: 2 pole: 110/240Vac, time delayed 50 - 70ms RMG 1001002S
4 pole: 240/415Vac
■ Cable capacities
16A - 80A: tunnel terminals for cables up to 35mm2 Type RMG RCD - four pole 415V Class AC
100A: clamp terminals for cables up to 50mm2 Rating Sensitivity Part No.
■ Number of operating cycles: (on load) 20,000 (A) (mA)
cycles (O-C) 25 30 RMG 25 030 4
■ Operating temperature: -5 to +40°C 25 300 RMG 25 300 4
■ Identification system: All RMG RCDs can accept 40 30 RMG 40 030 4
up to a total of 4 marking accessories on each of 40 300 RMG 40 300 4
their poles. 63 30 RMG 63 030 4
63 100 RMG 63 100 4
63 300 RMG 63 300 4
■ Width in 18mm SP ways: 63 300
2P RMG all ratings: 2 time delayed 50 - 70ms 23146
4P RMG all ratings: 4 80 30 16261
100 300 23213
100 300
Installation
time delayed 50 - 70ms 23227
■ On symmetrical DIN rail
■ Panel mounting
Type RMG RCD Class A
Note: RMG residual current devices must be used with
Rating No. of Part No.
circuit breakers to provide circuit protection of overload
(A) poles
and short circuit faults.
25A 30mA 2 23249
40A 30mA 2 23253
63A 30mA 2 23258
40A 30mA 4 23303

63A 30mA 4 23308
3 phase 3 wire 415V applications N R Y B or

In applications where no neutral is available an auxiliary
test resistor is required for test button operation. FEED LOAD
Note: Device operation is independent of voltage or type
LOAD FEED
of connection.
30mA 2700Ω 4 watt
100mA 820Ω 4 watt N R Y B
300 mA 270Ω 4 watt
Note: Resistors are not available from Merlin Gerin.
74
Electrical auxiliaries for 2 and 4 pole RMGs
Arrangement of auxiliaries
O R
O
+ F M
F
S G
+ + + + O
F
+
MX
or
MN
O
F
S
R
M
G
MX MX O R
O
+ or + or + F + M
F
MN MN S G
Note: both 2P and 4P RMG type residual current

Auxiliary Shunt trip Undervoltage Auxiliary RCD devices can be fitted with the above combinations of
switch OF module MX trip module MN switch OF.S electrical auxiliaries.
Note: OFS required for all combinations.
Shunt trip release (MX)

■ Enables remote tripping Width Coil Consumption Part
■ Is equipped with a cut off switch in series with the in 18mm volt pickup W or VA No.
coil allowing control circuit to remain energised SP ways
■ Includes one auxiliary changeover switch (OF) 1 130Vdc 10 26946
■ Red flag trip indicator 1 240Vac 50 26946
■ Mounted on the LHS of the OFS 1 415Vac 120 26946
■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2 1 48 - 60Vdc 22 26947
1 48 - 130Vac 200 26947
1 24Vac/dc 120 26948
Also requires OFS 26923
26946
Undervoltage release (MN)

■ Enables the RCD to be tripped either when the Width Coil Consumption Part
auxiliary supply voltage drops or by the opening in 18mm volt pickup W or VA No.
operation of a normally closed remote pushbutton SP ways
■ Prevents the RCD from being switched 'ON' again 1 220/240Vac 4.1 26960
if the undervoltage release supply is not present 1 48Vac/dc 4.3 26961
■ Red flag trip indicator Also requires OFS 26923
■ Mounted on the LHS of the OFS
■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2
26960
Auxiliary switch (OFS)

■ A changeover switch which acts as an indicating Width Part
or control device to monitor the ON or OFF in 18mm No.
positions of an RCD SP ways
■ The OFS also acts as an adaptor mounted on the 0.5 OFS 26923
LHS of RCD, between the RCD and any other Contact ratings (A):
auxiliaries (additional OF, MX, MN, mounted on ■ 3A at 415Vac
LHS of OFS). Indicates type of RCD ■ 1A at 125Vdc
■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2 ■ 6A at 24Vdc
■ 6A at 240Vac
■ 2A at 48Vdc
26923
Auxiliary switch (OF)

■ Changes main contacts to ON/OFF Width Part
■ Test button on front face in 18mm No.
■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2 SP ways
0.5 OF 26924
Also requires OFS 26923
26924
75
Accessories
RMG type residual current devices
Terminal shields
■ Two piece: completely covers terminals Description Part No.
(cannot be fitted to 100A 2 pole unit) Two piece unit for use with 2P
RMG RCDs (except 100A unit) 26976
Two piece unit for use with 4P
RMG RCDs 26978
26978
Sealable terminal screw shield

■ Enables total isolation of the terminal screws Description Part No.
■ 2P and 4P RMG RCDs only For use with 2P and 4P
RMG RCDs (2 strips of 4) 26981
26981
Padlocking facility
Description Part No.
Padlocking bag of 2 26970
Padlock + 2 keys MGPL
Spare key for MGPL MGPLSK
76
▼ Metal Enclosures
❖ All insulated
RMG type residual current devices
▼ G9 enclosure IP30
For a more comprehensive range of enclosures Capacity in Part No.
please refer to Section seven. 18mm SP ways
■ Made from folded steel, epoxy powder coated 3 99560
■ Degree of protection: IP30 4 14599
■ It consists of: 5 14603
■ A back plate with DIN rail ■ Dimensions: see page 189
■ A cover screwed to the back plate having 25mm ■ For 2P RMG RCDs use 99560
knockouts top and bottom ■ For 4P RMG RCDs use 14599.
14599
❖ Mini opale IP30

Impact resistant, all insulated enclosure self Capacity in Part No.
extinguishing to 650°C. 18mm SP ways
■ Degree of protection: IP30 2 13392
■ It consists of: 4 13394
■ An insulated back plate with integral DlN rail 6 13396
■ A cover clipped to the back plate 8 13398
■ Four hole terminal bar (also available separately - ■ Dimensions: see page 189
(1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2) Part No. 14901) ■ For 2P RMG RCDs use 13392
■ For 4P RMG RCDs use 13394
13394
❖ Kaedra weatherproof IP65

■ Degree of protection: IP65 Capacity in Part No.
■ Protection against mechanical damage IK09 18mm SP ways
■ Self extinguishing insulating material 4 13441
■ Flame and abnormal heat resistance 6500C, 6 13442
IEC 60695-2-1 8 13443
■ Class 2: total insulation 12 13444
■ They are supplied complete with:
■ Built in dividable blanking plate Lock & key 13948
■ Screwed cover with hinged transparent window Sealing kit 13947
Bag of membrane glands 14190
■ 13441 - 13443 two terminal blocks 4 holes each
13441 ■ 13444 - two terminal blocks 8 holes each
■ Accessories: see page 131
77
78
Circuit breakers Section four
DPN MCBs, 1 - 40A 80
DPN RCBOs, 6 - 40A 81
C120 MCBs, 10 - 125A 82 - 83
C120 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A 84 - 85
DPN/C60/C120 auxiliaries 86 - 89
DPN/C60/C120 accessories 90 - 91
NG125 MCBs, 10 - 125A 92 - 98
NG125 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A 99 - 103
NG125 auxiliaries 104 - 107
NG125 accessories 108 - 109
P25M, 0.16 - 25A 110 - 111
The devices featured in Section four are not suitable for

mounting in the Isobar 4 Connection System
79
DPN
Miniature circuit breakers 1P + switched neutral
Ratings 4 - 40A, breaking capacity 6kA
Applications
Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits where
switching of the neutral is required.
DPN type B
■ For use in applications with general load
characteristics
■ 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only
protected
■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B
magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In
Rating Part Width in 18mm

(A) No. SP ways
4 19249 1
6 19250 1
19271 10 19252 1
16 19254 1
20 19255 1
25 19256 1
32 19257 1
40 19258 1
DPN type C
■ For use in applications with moderate inrush
currents
■ 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only
protected
■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C
magnetic setting between 3 and 10 In
Rating Part Width in 18mm

(A) No. SP ways
1 19260 1
2 19261 1
4 19263 1
6 19264 1
10 19266 1
16 19268 1
20 19269 1
25 19270 1
32 19271 1
40 19272 1
Installation
■ Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in
multi-service type boards and standard
enclosures
Technical data
■ Current rating: 1 to 40A at 300C
■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898, 6kA
■ Operating cycles: Mechanical: 20,000
Electrical: 20A, 20,000
25A, 15,000
32A, 10,000
40A, 6,000
■ Positive contact indication: in accordance with
BS 7671
■ Width: 18mm
■ Weight: 120g
■ Cable capacity: 16mm2
■ Tightening torque: 2.5Nm
Accessories: see page 96

Dimensions: see page172
80
DPN RCBO
Combined MCB/RCD
1P + switched neutral
Application
Protection against the effects of earth leakage, overload and short circuit currents.
■ 2 pole switching of phase & neutral. Phase

protected against overloads and short circuits
■ Commercial, industrial and domestic electrical
distribution systems
Note: must not be used as the sole means of
providing protection against direct contact (BS7671).
Technical data
■ Nominal voltage: 110/240V
■ Breaking capacity: 6000A Ics to BS EN 60898,
and earth leakage tested to BS EN 61009
■ Tripping characteristics: C curve: the magnetic
release operates between 5 and 10 In
■ Positive contact indication of the phase
19668
conductor: in accordance with the IEE Wiring
Regulations BS7671
■ Sensitivity: (non-adjustable) 30mA:
unwanted tripping: The DPN rcbo incorporates a
filtering device, preventing the risks of unwanted
Type Width Sens. Rat. Part No. tripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line
in (mA) (A) disturbances on other equipment and transient
18mm currents from high capacitive circuits)
SP ways ■ Visual indication of trip due to earth faults
N + 1P 2 30 6 19661 ■ AC Class
10 19663 ■ Cable capacities: Tunnel terminals up to 16mm2
16 19665 ■ Weight: 190g
20 19666 ■ Installation: Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN
25 19667 rail in multi-service type boards and standard
32 19668 enclosures
40 19669 ■ Padlocking in the ON/OFF position by using
Part No. MGLA or 26970
N 1P
N 2
1 protected pole + switched neutral
Type No. of MCBs Part no. Comb busbars

Comb busbar Comb busbars enable several circuit breakers to be
1P+N 13 14880 supplied with power.
1P+N 24 14890 ■ The supply to the comb busbar can be connected:
(bag of 2) ■ Directly across the circuit breaker terminals by a
25mm2 insulated 14885 16mm2 cable
connector (bag of 4) OR
■ Via 25mm2 connectors. Suitable for use with DPN
432 MCBs and DPN vigi or combinations of both
max.24 MCBs
235 Characteristics
max.13 MCBs ■ Current rating at 400C:
■ 100A with a central connector
DPN comb busbar 100A/240V IEC664
■ 125A with two supply points
Clip-on markers
■ Markers can be installed:
■ On the front face (max. 6 markers)
■ Or above the downstream terminals (max. 4
27 markers).
10
15
81
C120H circuit breakers

B, C and D curves
Applications
C120 MCBs provide high levels of current capacity,
while maintaining a breaking capacity of 15kA.
Available with a wide range of add on earth leakage
and control accessories, C120H provides a physical
replacement for the previous NC100 range of devices
with B, C, and D type characteristics and 1 - 4 poles.
■ Protection of cables against overloads and short
circuits in final distribution
■ Manual control and isolation
■ Earth leakage protection when combined with a
Vigi to BS EN 61009
1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B C120H miniature circuit breakers
■ Remote tripping, indication, by adding auxiliaries
common to the entire C60/C120 range
See page 88
Technical data
■ Current rating: 10 - 125A
■ Maximum voltage rating Ue: 440Vac
■ Insulation voltage Ui: 500V
■ Impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6kV
■ Complies with: BS EN 60898 and
BS EN 60947-2
■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898
Type Voltage Breaking
(V) capacity Icn (A)
1, 2, 3, and 4P 230 - 400 15000
■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2

Type Voltage Breaking
(V) capacity Icu (A)
1P 130 30000
230 - 240 15000
1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C C120H miniature circuit breakers
400 - 415 4500 (1)
2, 3 and 4P 230 - 240 30000
400 - 415 15000
440 10000
(1) Breaking capacity under 1 pole with IT isolated
neutral system (case of double fault).
■ Service breaking capacity: Ics = 50% Icu

■ Positive contact indication
■ Fast closing ensures simultaneous closing of
poles
■ Electrical durability:
■ ≤63A: 10,000 cycles (O-C)
■ 80 - 125A: 5,000 cycles (O-C)
■ Limitation class: 3
■ Mechanical durability: 20,000 cycles (O-C)
■ Weight:
Pole Grams
1 205
2 410
1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type D C120H miniature circuit breakers 3 615
4 820
■ Connection:
■ Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2
■ Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm2
■ Terminals ensure:
■ Degree of protection IP2X
■ Clamping of wide cross section cables
■ Automatic guiding of cable into the correct
position
■ Markers:
■ 4 marker clips next to the upstream terminal
■ Label holder on handle (2, 3 and 4 pole)
■ Degree of pollution: 3
82
C120H circuit breakers

B, C and D curves
B curve C120H Type B curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s
■ Applications: Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in
Protection and (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm
control of circuits SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways
against overloads 10 18394 1.5 18405 3 18416 4.5 18427 6
and short circuits in 16 18395 1.5 18406 3 18417 4.5 18428 6
applications with 20 18396 1.5 18407 3 18418 4.5 18429 6
general load 25 18397 1.5 18408 3 18419 4.5 18430 6
characteristics 32 18398 1.5 18409 3 18420 4.5 18431 6
■ Tripping 40 18399 1.5 18410 3 18421 4.5 18432 6
characteristics: 50 18400 1.5 18411 3 18422 4.5 18433 6
BS EN 60898 63 18401 1.5 18412 3 18423 4.5 18434 6
Type B. Magnetic 80 18402 1.5 18413 3 18424 4.5 18435 6
setting between 3 100 18403 1.5 18414 3 18425 4.5 18436 6
and 5 In 125 18404 1.5 18415 3 18426 4.5 18437 6
Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.
C curve C120H Type C curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

moderate inrush 25 18441 1.5 18452 3 18463 4.5 18474 6
currents 32 18442 1.5 18453 3 18464 4.5 18475 6
■ Tripping 40 18443 1.5 18454 3 18465 4.5 18476 6
BS EN 60898 63 18445 1.5 18456 3 18467 4.5 18478 6
Type C. Magnetic 80 18446 1.5 18457 3 18468 4.5 18479 6
setting between 5 100 18447 1.5 18458 3 18469 4.5 18480 6
and 10 In 125 18448 1.5 18459 3 18470 4.5 18481 6
D curve C120H Type D curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

high inrush currents 25 18485 1.5 18496 3 18507 4.5 18518 6
■ Tripping 32 18486 1.5 18497 3 18508 4.5 18519 6
BS EN 60898 50 18488 1.5 18499 3 18510 4.5 18521 6
Type D. Magnetic 63 18489 1.5 18500 3 18511 4.5 18522 6
setting between 10 80 18490 1.5 18501 3 18512 4.5 18523 6
and 14 In 100 18491 1.5 18502 3 18513 4.5 18524 6
125 18492 1.5 18503 3 18514 4.5 18525 6
1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8
83
Vigi C120 modules

Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs
Standard and si type, BS EN 61009-IEC 60497.2 appendix B
Common function Common technical data
■ The Vigi C120 module incorporates the residual
■ The protection of electrical installations against current relay and toroid in a case. Its earth
earth faults leakage module is electro-mechanical. It functions
■ The protection of persons against indirect contact: without an auxiliary power supply source and thus
medium sensitivities (300, 500, 1000mA) has a very wide operating range
■ Supplementary protection of persons against ■ Protected against nuisance tripping due to
accidental direct contact: high sensitivity (30mA) transient overvoltages (lightning strike, switchgear
The C120 residual current device complies with switching on the network, etc.)
BS EN 61009. It is equipped with a locating device ■ Breaking and making capacity upon short circuit
that ensures the correct rating and number of poles. is equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit
breaker
The technical data of C120 circuit breakers when ■ Instantaneous or selective s trip units
combined with Vigi modules remain unchanged and ■ Reinforced electromagnetic compatibility
the circuit breakers remain compatible with indication
or control auxiliaries. Technical data for standard type
■ AC class: standard, 50 - 60Hz
Trip sensitivity ■ 8/20ms impulse withstand:
■ AC class ■ Instantaneous: 250A peak
Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents whether they ■ Selective: 3kA peak
are quickly applied or rise slowly ■ Impulse withstand:
■ Instantaneous: 3kA peak
■ A class
■ Selective: 5kA peak
A class: ensures tripping with a DC
■ Remote tripping: possible using an MX or MN
component current. Tripped by sinusoidal AC
release on circuit breaker
currents as well as by pulsed DC currents
■ Connection: Identical to C120 circuit breakers:
whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly
■ Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2
■ Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm22
Trip type
Instantaneous ■ Width of C120 residual current device + Vigi
Provides a trip upon reaching threshold (no intentional
module: (in number of 18mm SP ways)
time delay).
2P 3P 4P
Selective s 6.5 (3+3.5) 9.5 (4.5+5) 11 (6+5)
Provides discrimination with down stream device by
introducing an intentional time delay. Down stream ■ Weight (g):
device must be instantaneous with a sensitivity of 1/2
the upstream device. 2P 3P 4P
325 500 580
si
Provides continuity of supply on circuits with a ■ Fault indication by means of a red strip on the
disturbed supply network. Used where there is a high resetting handle
risk of nuisance tripping due to: ■ Resetting the Vigi module, at user's
■ Lightning strikes convenience:
■ IT earthing systems ■ Either using the circuit breaker handle
■ Switched electronic ballasts ■ Or independently of the circuit breaker
Desensitised by: ■ Test button on front face for local operation check
■ Harmonics or high frequencies
■ DC components
Combination of earth leakage modules

with circuit breakers
+ =
C120 circuit breaker Vigi C120 module C120 residual current device
84
Vigi C120 modules

Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs
AC, A, si class, BS EN 61009
Class AC, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V
Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in
(mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm
SP ways SP ways SP ways
30 18563 3.5 18566 5 18569 5
300 18564 3.5 18567 5 18570 5
300 s 18544 3.5 18546 5 18548 5
500 18565 3.5 18568 5 18571 5
1000 s 18545 3.5 18547 5 18549 5
18563 18546 18549
Class A, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V

(mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm
30 18572 3.5 18575 5 18578 5
300 18573 3.5 18576 5 18579 5
300 s 18581 3.5 18584 5 18587 5
500 18574 3.5 18577 5 18580 5
500 s 18582 3.5 18585 5 18588 5
1000 s 18583 3.5 18586 5 18589 5
18572 18584 18589
Class si, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V

(mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm
30 18591 3.5 18594 5 18597 5
300 18592 3.5 18595 5 18598 5
300 s 18556 3.5 18558 5 18560 5
500 18593 3.5 18596 5 18599 5
1000 s 18557 3.5 18559 5 18561 5
18591 18558 18561
1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
T T T
2 4 24 6 2 4 68
2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices
85
For DPN, C60 and C120
Applications
The TM unit provides remote control of C60 and C120 circuit breakers via an
electrical signal. For security or energy management, TM can be used to control
lighting motors or heating.
For the remote control and status indication of DPN, C60 or C120 MCBs.
■ They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker
within a maximum width of 54mm
■ Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker
■ Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side)
■ A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker
■ A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same
circuit breaker
■ A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same
circuit breaker
■ A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same
circuit breaker
+ + + + + +
OF+SD/OF OF SD MN s , MNx or MSU MX + OF or MN TM Circuit

auxiliary auxiliary fault auxiliary auxiliary remote control breaker
contact contact indication
switch
86
TM remote controls
For C60 and C120
Possible Voltage Part No. Width in

A1
combinations (V) 18mm SP
ways
MX C60 1 - 2P 230 18310 3.5
C120 1 - 2P 230 18312 3.5
MN auto
230V ~
SD
OF
A2
18310
Possible Voltage Part No. Width in
combinations (V) 18mm SP
A1
ways
MX C60 3 - 4P 230 18311 3.5
MN auto
230V ~
SD
OF
A2
18311
Tm modules allow: Technical data

■ Remote control of C60/C120 circuit breakers (with ■ Control voltage (Uc): 230Vac (-15% +10%)
or without a Vigi module)via a latched order ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz
■ Circuit breaker resetting after tripping, while ■ Consumption:
respecting safety rules and regulations in force ■ Inrush: -Tm C60:28VA, -Tm C120:35VA
■ A disconnection selector switch placed on the ■ Holding: 2VA
front panel is used to: ■ Insensitive to brownouts: 0.45s
■ Disconnect the remote control ■ Undervoltage behaviour:
■ Lock the remote controlled circuit breaker in the ■ >0.45s,mechanical opening of poles
"open" position (7 mm Ø padlock not supplied) ■ Reclosing 2s after power is restored
■ A mechanical indicator shows the "open" or ■ Number of cycles (O-C)at 40°C:
"closed"status of the Tm remote control ■ Tm +C60:20 000
■ Reclosing after a fault: ■ Tm +C120 (63A):10 000
■ Must be carried out in manual mode,locally after ■ Tm +C120 (80 - 125A): 5 000
search and clearance of the fault ■ Opening time by Tm: 0.5s
■ To enable manual and local resetting, an SD
■ Closing time by Tm: 2s
auxiliary switch (cat.no.26927),cabled in series in
the control line of the Tm to module, prevent
automatic remote reclosing
Connection
■ Remote reclosing is possible provided regulations ■ Using tunnel terminals:
are complied with:resetting takes place by ■ 1 x 6mm2 cable
opening the control circuit for more than 1.5s ■ 2 x 1.5mm2 or 2.5mm2 cables
Weight
■ 1 - 2P: 300g
■ 3 - 4P: 310g
87
MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact)

voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
U> 110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 1
48 48 26947 1
12/24 12/24 26948 1
Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied.
Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover
contact for indication and self breaks control circuit
14 12 C2 C1 allowing it to remain energised.
26946
MSU (voltage threshold release)

1P + N Control Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) ways
U>>
220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 2*
220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479 2*
N L
26979
MN (under voltage release)

Instantaneous Control Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
U<
(Vac) (Vdc) ways
220 - 240 26960 1
48 48 26961 1
115 (400Hz) 26959 1
220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 2
Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed.
D1 D2
26963
MNx emergency stop

Ph + N Control Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
(Vac) ways
U< 230 26969 2
230 26977 2*
400 26991 2*
400 26971 2
* For use with C60 only.
E1 E2 N L
Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push
button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of
26969
power supply failure.
MX shunt release
voltage 18mm SP
U> (Vac) (Vdc) ways
110 - 415 110 - 130 26476 1
48 48 26477 1
12/24 12/24 26478 1
C2 C1
26476
88

Part No. Width in
18mm SP
ways
26927 0.5

changes when device 415Vac 3A
trips, with front face 24Vdc 6A
94 92 91 indication. 48Vdc 2A
26927 125Vdc 1A
OF auxiliary contact
Part No. Width in
18mm SP
ways
26924 0.5

changes with main 415Vac 3A
contacts (ON/OFF) 24Vdc 6A
14 12 11 with test button on 48Vdc 2A
26924 front face. 125Vdc 1A
OF + SD/OF selector switch

Part No. Width in
voltage 18mm SP
ways
26929 0.5
Auxiliary contact and
selectable auxiliary or
fault contact with front
face indication.
24 22 21
26929 92 94 91
89
Accessories
For C60 and C120
Padlocking facility
C60 Pack of 5 MGLA
C120 Pack of 2 27145
26970
Screw shield
2 strips of 4 26981
C60 vigi 1P shields pack of 20 26982
2 strips of 4 18527
18527
Terminal shield
C60 1 26975
2 26976
3 26975
4 26976 + 26978
C120 1 18526
2 2 x 18526
3 3 x 18526
4 4 x 18526
18526
Insulated sub distribution terminal

C60/C120 Pack of 4 19091
For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each.
19091
Aluminium cable terminal

C60/C120 Pack of 1 27060
For cables 16 - 50mm2.
27060
90
Accessories
For C60 and C120
Screw connection
C60/C120 Pack of 8 27053
Rear connection terminal with interpole barrier

C60/C120 Pack of 2 18528
18528
Inter-pole barrier
C60/C120 Pack of 10 27001
27001
Spacer
Breaker Width Part No.
C60/C120 9mm 27062
27062
Label holder
C120 Pack of 10
replacements 27150
Replacement wire cover for vigibloc

C60 2 26483
Pack of 5 3 26484
replacements 4 26485
26483
Marking accessories
These clip-on markers allow identification of MCBs
and RCDs
27017
91
NG125 circuit breakers

Selection
Circuit breakers
Standard Number Rating Type Curves Magnetic Breaking capacity at 415V
of poles (A) threshold (kA)
In 16 25 36 50
BS EN 60947-2 1, 2 10 - 80 NG125N C 8
3, 4 10 - 125 NG125N C 8
3, 4 80 - 125 NG125N B 4
3, 4 80 - 125 NG125N D 12
1, 2, 3, 4 10 - 80 NG125H C 8
2, 3 1.6 - 80 NG125LMA MA 12
Trip free switch disconnector

Standard Number Rating Type
of poles
BS EN 60947-3 3, 4 80, 100, 125 NG125NA
Earth leakage modules for trip free circuit breakers and switch disconnectors
Standard Number Rating Vigi Sensitivity Instantaneous
of poles In at 400C type (mA) Instantaneous or selective s
(A) Instantaneous Selective s or selective or delayed 150ms
BS EN 60947-2 2, 3, 4 63 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000-3000
300 300 with fault threshold
1000 indication (1)
3 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000
with fault threshold
indication
4 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000
300 with fault threshold
indication
(1) Only in 3P and 4P.
Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.
92

Selection
Choice of circuit breakers

Type NG125N NG125H NG125LMA
Impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8
Insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690
Maximum voltage rating Ue (V) 500 500 500
Number of poles 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 – 2, 3
Breaking Icu AC 110 - 130V 50 – 70 – – –
capacity 220 - 240V 25 50 36 70 – 100
(kA) 380 - 415V 6 25 9 36 – 50
IEC 947.2 440V – 20 30 – 40
500V – 10 – 12 – 15
DC 60V 25 – 36 – – –
125V – 25 (2P) – 36 (2P) – –
250V – 25 (4P) – 36 (4P) – –
500V – – – – – –
Ics AC 75% Icu 75% Icu 75% Icu
DC 100% Icu 100% Icu 100% Icu
Tripping B curve 40°C 80 - 125 –
curves C curve 40°C 10 - 80 10 - 125 10 - 80 10 - 80
/ratings (A) D curve 40°C 80 - 125 –
MA curve 40°C – – 1.6 - 80
Fast closing ■ ■ ■
Positive break indication ■ ■ ■
Auxiliaries ■ ■ ■
Degree of pollution 3 ■ ■ ■
18668
93
NG125 switch disconnectors

BS EN 60947-3
Applications
The NG125NA is a trip free switch disconnector for on load opening and closing.
This modular device has the same Common technical data

auxiliary functions and accessories as ■ Ratings: 63 - 125A
the NG125 circuit breaker. ■ Maximum voltage rating Ue: 500Vac
■ Vigi NG125 module for earth leakage protection ■ Performance as in BS EN 60947.3
■ OF + SD auxiliary contact ■ Short time withstand current (50ms) Icw:
■ MX or MN releases 1.5kA
■ Maximum making capacity: see co-ordination
■ Various connection types (80, 100 and 125A
tables
ratings)
■ Maximum insulation voltage Ui: 690V
■ Rotary handle.This modular device has the same
■ Impulse voltage Uimp: 8kV
auxiliary
■ Electrical durability:
Voltage Category 63/80A 100/125A
500Vac AC22B 1500 1000
440Vac AC22B 1500 1000
415Vac AC22A-AC23B 1500 1000
125Vdc DC22A 1500 1000
(2P series)
250Vdc DC22A 1500 1000
(4P series)
■ Isolation with positive contact indication

■ Built-in padlocking facility
■ Weight (g):
Type 3P 4P
720 960
■ Compatible with Pragma or Prisma G or P

18891 modular enclosures
■ Connection: tunnel terminals for flexible and rigid
copper cables up to 70 mm2
3P
1 3 5 Maximum Part No. Width in
rating 18mm SP
(A) ways
63 18889 4.5
80 18890 4.5
100 18891 4.5
125 18892 4.5
2 4 6
4P
Maximum Part No. Width in
1 3 5 7 rating 18mm SP
(A) ways
63 18893 6
80 18894 6
100 18895 6
125 18896 6
2 4 6 8
94
NG125N circuit breakers

B, C and D curves
BS EN 60947-2: 25kA
Applications
This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking
capacity (up to 25kA): modular enclosure incomer, main incomer in sub-distribution
switchboards, outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

■ Rating: 10 - 125A
■ Reference temperature: 40°C
■ Uimp: 8kV
■ Ui: 690V
■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac
■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2:
Type Voltage Breaking capacity
(Vac) (A)
1P 220 - 240 25000
1P 380 - 415 6000 (1)
2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 25000
(1) 1 pole breaking capacity in the IT isolated neutral
system (double fault).
■ Isolation with positive contact indication

■ 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed
■ Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P
■ Fault display on front face by:
■ Fault indicator
■ Position of toggle: tripped
■ Test button to check proper operation of the
tripping mechanism
■ Fast closing
■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In
■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2
(relative humidity: 95% at 55°C)
■ Weight (g):
Type 1P 2P 3P 4P
240 480 720 960
■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to

Section 6
■ Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part
outside the enclosure)
■ Connection:
■ ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2
copper cables
■ 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for
16 - 70mm2 copper cables
■ Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or
busbar (see connection accessories)
■ On 3P and 4P: upstream voltage connection on
each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary
circuit supply
B curve
■ The magnetic trip units operate at 4 In ± 20%
C curve
D curve
95
NG125N circuit breakers

B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA
Ratings 10 - 125A
B curve NG125N
Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in
(A) 18mm 18mm
SP ways SP ways
80 18663 4.5 18666 6
100 18664 4.5 18667 6
125 18665 4.5 18668 6
18664
C curve NG125N
Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in
(A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm
SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways
10 18610 1.5 18621 3 18632 4.5 18649 6
16 18611 1.5 18622 3 18633 4.5 18650 6
20 18612 1.5 18623 3 18634 4.5 18651 6
25 18613 1.5 18624 3 18635 4.5 18652 6
18610
32 18614 1.5 18625 3 18636 4.5 18653 6
40 18615 1.5 18626 3 18637 4.5 18654 6
50 18616 1.5 18627 3 18638 4.5 18655 6
63 18617 1.5 18628 3 18639 4.5 18656 6
80 18618 1.5 18629 3 18640 4.5 18658 6
100 18642 4.5 18660 6
125 18644 4.5 18662 6
D curve NG125N
Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in
(A) 18mm 18mm
SP ways SP ways
80 18669 4.5 18672 6
100 18670 4.5 18673 6
125 18671 4.5 18674 6
18669
1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8
1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices
96
NG125H circuit breakers

C curve BS EN 60947-2: 36kA
Ratings 10 - 125A
Applications
This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking
capacity (up to 36kA): main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards; outgoer,
protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.
Common technical data ■ Weight (g):

■ Rating: 10 - 80A Type 1P 2P 3P 4P
■ Reference temperature: 40°C 240 480 720 960
■ Uimp: 8kV
■ Ui: 690V ■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to
■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Section 6
■ Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part
■ Connection:
(Vac) (A)
1P 220 - 240 36000 ■ ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2
1P 380 - 415 9000 (1) copper cables
2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 36000 ■ 80A rating: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2
(1) 1 pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral copper cables
systems (double fault). ■ Connection of aluminium cables, copper cables
with lug or busbar for 3P and 4P (see connection
■ Isolation with positive break indication accessories)
■ 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed ■ Upstream voltage connection on each pole, by
■ Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply
■ Fault display on front face by:
■ Fault indicator C curve
■ Position of toggle: tripped ■ The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20%
tripping mechanism
■ Fast closing
■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In
■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2
(relative humidity: 95% at 55°C)
C curve NG125H
Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in
(A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm
SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways
10 18705 1.5 18714 3 18723 4.5 18732 6
16 18706 1.5 18715 3 18724 4.5 18733 6
20 18707 1.5 18716 3 18725 4.5 18734 6
25 18708 1.5 18717 3 18726 4.5 18735 6
18705
32 18709 1.5 18718 3 18727 4.5 18736 6
40 18710 1.5 18719 3 18728 4.5 18737 6
50 18711 1.5 18720 3 18729 4.5 18738 6
63 18712 1.5 18721 3 18730 4.5 18739 6
80 18713 1.5 18722 3 18731 4.5 18740 6
1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8
1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices
97

MA curve (magnetic trip)
BS EN 60947-2: 50kA
Applications
The NG125LMA circuit breakers are designed to protect motor supply circuits
(cables and starters) against short circuit current. These devices can be used in
conjunction with Telemecanique overload relays to achieve total motor protection.
Common technical data ■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In

■ Trip units: 1.4 - 80A ■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2
■ Reference temperature: 40°C (relative humidity: 95% at 55°C)
■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Weight (g):
■ Ui: 690V Type 2P 3P
■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac 480 720
■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to
(V) (A) Section 6
2, 3P 380 - 415 50000 ■ Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part
■ Isolation with positive contact indication ■ Connection:
■ 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed ■ Trip units up to MA63: tunnel terminals for
■ Built-in padlocking facility on 3P 1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables
■ Fault display on front face by: ■ MA80 trip units: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2
■ Fault indicator copper cables
■ On 3P, upstream voltage connection on each
■ Position of toggle: tripped
pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit
supply
tripping mechanism
■ Fast closing
MA curve
MA curve NG125N
Rating In Trip unit Magn. Im 2P Width in 3P Width in
(A) (A) 18mm 18mm
SP ways SP ways
4 MA4 50 18868 3 18879 4.5
6.3 MA6.3 75 18869 3 18880 4.5
10 MA10 120 18870 3 18881 4.5
12.5 MA12.5 150 18871 3 18882 4.5
18868
16 MA16 190 18872 3 18883 4.5
25 MA25 300 18873 3 18884 4.5
40 MA40 480 18874 3 18885 4.5
63 MA63 750 18875 3 18886 4.5
80 MA80 960 18876 3 18887 4.5
1 3 1 3 5
2 4 2 4 6
2 pole devices 3 pole devices
98
NG125 Vigi
Selection
18668 19049
Vigi module A class 10 - 63A 80 - 125A

Pole Page Pole Page
Adjustable 300, 500, 1000mA 3P, 4P 111
instantaneous, selective s
300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111 3P, 4P 111
instantaneous, selective, delayed
Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 109 3P, 4P 109
300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 111 4P 111
300mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111
1000mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111
Vigi module AC class 10 - 63A

Pole Page
Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 108
300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 110
Vigi module si class 80 - 125A

Pole Page
Adjustable 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111
instantaneous, selective, delayed
Non adjustable 30mA 3P, 4P 109
99
NG125 high sensitivity Vigi

30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008
AC class
Applications
Combined with an NG125 MCB, vigi units provide protection against indirect and
supplementary protection against contact with live parts.
Technical data ■ Tripping by direct mechanical action on the circuit

■ Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents breaker
whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault ■ Rated current: 63A or 125A with locating
■ Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal device:
AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous ■ 63A for < 63A circuit breakers
or slowly rising fault ■ 125A for 80, 100 and 125A circuit breakers
■ Incorporates in a single case: ■ Auxiliaries that can be plugged onto Vigi
■ The residual current relay 125A:
■ The toroid ■ Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip
■ Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links ■ Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV
(compact size) insulated by a shield auxiliary switch
(supplied) (degree of protection IP40D) ■ Weight (g) of Vigi only:
■ Earth fault display on the front face of the Vigi Type 2P 3P 4P
module by reset handle 5 mod. 250 — —
■ Voltage rating: 230 - 415Vac 9 mod. — 410 450
■ Frequency: 50/60Hz 11 mod. — 750 800
■ Uimp: 8kV
■ Ui: 690V ■ Connection:
■ Protection against nuisance tripping due to ■ ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2
transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear copper cables
switching on the network, etc.) ■ 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2
copper cables
■ Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug (see
connection accessories)
Class AC ~
2P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in
1 3 (mA) (A) 18mm SP
T
ways
30 63 19000 2.5
2 4

(mA) (A) 18mm SP
1 3 5
T ways
30 63 19002 4.5
2 4 6

(mA) (A) 18mm SP
1 3 5 7
T ways
30 63 19004 4.5
2 4 68
100
NG125 high sensitivity Vigi

30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008
A class
Class A
2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in
1 3 (A) (mA) 18mm SP
T ways
63 30 19008 (1) 2.5
(1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.
2 4
19010

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5
T ways
63 30 19013 4.5
125 30 19039 5.5
2 4 6

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5 7
T ways
63 30 19015 4.5
125 30 19041 5.5
2 4 68
Class A si type
1 3 5 (A) (mA) 18mm SP
T ways
125 30 19100 5.5
2 46

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5 6
T ways
125 30 19101 5.5
2 4 68
101
NG125 sensitivity Vigi

Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA)
BS EN 61008 AC class
■ Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents Specific technical data of the adjustable
whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault vigi
■ Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal
■ I∆n sensitivity adjustable by index: 300, 500,
AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous
1000, 3000mA
or slowly rising fault
■ Adjustable tripping time:
■ Selective s : Provides discrimination with down
■ Instantaneous
stream device by introducing an intentional time
■ Selective: 60ms
delay. Down stream device must be
■ Delayed: 150ms
instantaneous and 1/2 ∆In sensitivity
■ Si: Provides continuity of supply on circuits with ■ Leakage current indication on 3P and 4P 300 -
disturbed supply network i.e. areas with high risk 3000 I/S/D :
of nuisance tripping ■ On the front face by LED
■ Incorporates in a single case: ■ Remotely, by 250V - 1A (low level) volt free NO
■ The residual current relay contact, connected by 2 x 1.5 mm2 plate
■ The toroid terminal
■ Threshold setting by potentiometer from 10 - 50%
■ Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links
of I∆n
(compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied)
■ Disconnection essential for dielectric testing by
■ Earth fault display:
built-in pushbutton
■ On the front face of the Vigi by reset handle
■ Auxiliaries plugged onto 125A and 63A Vigi I/S/D
■ Protection against nuisance tripping due to
■ Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip
transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear
■ Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV
switching on the network, etc.)
■ Rated current: 63 or 125A with locating device: auxiliary switch
■ Weight (g) of Vigi only:
■ 63A: for 63A circuit breakers
Type 2P 3P 4P
■ 125A: for 80 - 100 - 125A circuit breakers
5 mod. 250 — —
■ Frequency: 50/60Hz
9 mod. — 410 450
11 mod. — 750 800
Class AC ~
1 3 (A) (mA) 18mm SP
T
ways
63 300 19001 2.5
2 4

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5
T ways
63 300 19003 4.5
2 4 6

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5 7
T ways
63 300 19005 4.5
2 4 68
102
NG125 medium sensitivity Vigi

Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA)
BS EN 61008 A class
Class A
1 3 (A) (mA) 18mm SP
T ways
63 300 19012 2.5
300 19009 (1) 2.5
300 s 19030 2.5
1000 s 19031 2.5
2 4 (1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.
19049

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5 ways
T
63 300 19014 4.5
300 s 19032 4.5
1000 s 19033 4.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19036 5.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19053 (2) 5.5
2 4 6
125 300 - 1000 I/S 19044 5.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19047 5.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19055 (2) 5.5
(2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function.

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5 7 ways
T
63 300 19016 4.5
300 s 19034 4.5
1000 s 19035 4.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19037 5.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19054 (2) 5.5
2 4 68
125 300 19042 5.5
300 - 1000 I/S 19046 5.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19049 5.5
300 - 3000 I/S/D 19056 (2) 5.5
(2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function.
Class A si type
1 3 5
3P T I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in
(A) (mA) 18mm SP
ways
125 300 - 3000 I/S/R 19106 5.5
2 4 6

(A) (mA) 18mm SP
1 3 5 7 ways
T
125 300 - 3000 I/S/R 19107 5.5
2 4 68
103
NG125 and NG125 Vigi

Applications
MX+OF, MXV shunt trip OF+SD, OF+OF, SDV auxiliary contacts
Trips the circuit breaker or Vigi (MXV) when a voltage Remotely indicates:
is applied. ■ The "open" or "closed" position (OF)
■ A fault on the circuit breaker (SD) or Vigi module
MN, MN undervoltage release (SDV)
Trips the circuit breaker when the voltage is
disconnected. Early warning
■ This function is performed by light indication and
Delayed MN s undervoltage release fault free contact
Provides delayed tripping of the circuit breaker to ■ Built in adjustable Vigi modules, 300 - 3000mA, of
which it is attached. the I/S/R/ type from 230 - 415Vac
Common technical data ■ Connection: plate terminal for:

■ Complies with standard: ■ 1 or 2 flexible or rigid 2.5mm2 cables
■ BS EN 60947-5-1 (MX + OF, OF + SD, OF + OF ■ 2 x 2.5mm2 uninsulated cable ends
and SDV) ■ 2 x 1.5mm2 insulated cable ends
■ BS EN 6094712 (MN, MN s , MX and MXV) ■ 2 x 1.5mm2 fork lugs
■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles (AC 15):
■ Ui: class 2 insulation ■ : 690V
■ Uimp: 8kV
■ Degree of pollution: 3
NG125 with residual current circuit breaker

or device
Technical data for circuit breaker Technical data for Vigi module
auxiliaries auxiliaries
■ Can be added to:
OF+OF ■ All types of 125A Vigi module
■ Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts ■ 63A 300 - 3000 I/S/D Vigi module SDV
(ON/OFF) ■ Fault indicating switch
OF+SD MXV
■ Fault indicating switch changes when main ■ Shunt releases
contacts trip ■ Tripping: on energisation
■ Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking
MX+OF ■ Impulse withstand: 6kV
■ Shunt releases ■ High impedance input: use an ACTp if leakage
■ Tripping: on energisation current is greater than 1mA see page 55
■ Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking
MNx
MN ■ Undervoltage release unaffected by power cuts
■ Undervoltage release
■ Tripping and opening of the associated circuit
breaker: if supply voltage drops between 70 and
35%
■ Reclosing: forbidden if supply voltage is not
restored (e.g.: emergency stop by pushbutton)
MN s
■ delayed undervoltage release
■ Allows a 0.25 second time delay on brownout or
voltage drop
104

Auxiliaries for circuit breaker

OF + OF Voltage Part No. Width in
11 12 14
(Vac) 18mm SP
ways
220 - 240 (6A) 19071
0.5
21 22 24
19071
Fault indicating switch

OF + SD 11 12 14 Voltage Part No. Width in
(Vac) 18mm SP
ways
220 - 240 (6A) 19072
0.5
95 98 96
19072
OF+OF or OF+SD Voltage Part No. Width in

11 12 14 (Vac) 18mm SP
ways
240 (6A) 19073 0.5
21 22 24
95 98 96
19073
Shunt trip
MX + OF Voltage Part No. Width in
(Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SP
U>
ways
230 - 415 110 - 130 19064 1
48 - 130 48 19065 1
24 24 19066 1
14 12 C2 C1
19064
105

Undervoltage release
MN Voltage Part No. Width in
(Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SP
U>
ways
220 - 240 19067 1
48 19069 1
48 19070 1
D1 D2
19067
Undervoltage release with 0.5s time delay

MN s Voltage Part No. Width in
(Vac) 18mm SP
U>
ways
230 - 240 19068 2
D1 D2
19068
Auxiliary contacts for Vigi module

SDV Voltage Part No. Width in
(Vac) 18mm SP
ways
NO 250 (0.1 - 2A) 19058 -
NC 250 (0.1 - 2A) 19059 -
11 12 13 14
19058
Shunt trip for Vigi module

MXV Voltage Part No. Width in
(Vac) 18mm SP
ways
U>
110 - 240 19060 -
M1 M2
19060
Note: High impedance output (use an ACTP Cat. No. 15919, if the leakage current of the control device is greater than 1mA).
106
Distribloc
125A splitters
Applications
Distribloc is a fully insulated four pole modular splitters.
Connection by screw terminals or spring terminals.
Technical data Connection
■ Rated insulation voltage: 690V ■ Incomer:
■ Permissible peak current: Ipk = 20kA ■ Tunnel terminal for 35mm2 flexible or rigid cables
■ Complies with the low voltage switchgear ■ Optional factory built link for NG125
standard: BS EN 60947-7-1 (Part No.07054)
■ Rated current at 40°C: 125A ■ Outgoer in spring terminals:
■ Installation: ■ Minimum cross section: 1mm2
■ Clipped onto a symmetrical rail ■ Simplifies rebalancing of phases and extensions
■ Fits onto a row next to other modular device: ■ Unaffected by temperature variations
- 45mm nose ■ Spring contact pressure automatically adapted to
- 12 mod. of 9mm conductor cross section
■ Can be screwed onto a plain or mounting grid ■ A single cable without metal end per spring:
- by flexible cables: 2 x 10mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 +
7 x 4 mm2
- by rigid cables: 2 x 16mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 +
7 x 4mm2
■ Outgoer in screw terminals: 1x16mm2 or 25mm2
flexible or rigid cables
Distribloc
Type Part No. Width in
18mm SP
ways
Distribloc 125A 07105 6
Set of 4 125A
flexible links 07054 -
Distribloc 125
107

Accessories
Applications
The following NG125 accessories can be used to increase flexibility and simplify
installation.
Screw shield Insulated sub-distribution terminal
■ Prevents contact with device terminal screws ■ Holes for 3 cables:
■ Protection against direct contact: ■ 16mm2 rigid cables
■ IP40D: on the front face ■ 10mm2 flexible cables
■ IP20B: at connection level
■ Optional sealing terminal shield for circuit breaker Copper cable sub-distribution terminals
■ Cable cross section for all ratings (circuit
Rotary handle
Terminal shield breaker only):
■ Installation: mounted upstream and downstream ■ Flexible cable: 1 - 10mm2
of the circuit breaker/vigi ■ Rigid cable: 1.5 - 16mm2
■ Phase-to-phase insulation voltage Ui = 1000V ■ With ends: up to 4mm2 inclusive
■ Protection against direct contact: IP40D ■ Tightening torque and tool type: 2Nm with
■ Class II in metal or plastic enclosures (up to 5.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N°. 1 (Pozidrive
440V) recessed head screw)
■ Optional sealing terminal shield for residual ■ Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V
current device
Matching terminals for 70mm2
Tunnel terminals for copper cables aluminium cables
■ Cable cross section: ■ Cable cross section for 80,100 and 125A ratings:
■ For 63A ratings: 25 - 70mm2
- flexible cable: 1 - 35mm2 ■ Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with 4mm
- rigid cable: 1.5 - 50mm2 Allen wrench (hexagon socket screw)
■ For 80-100-125A ratings:
- flexible cable: 10 - 50mm2 Screws and nuts
- rigid cable: 16 - 70mm2
■ Tightening torque and tool type:
for lug and bar connection
■ Installation: upstream or downstream
■ For ≤ 63A ratings: 3.5Nm with 6.5mm flat
■ Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings:
screwdriver or PZ N°. 2 (Pozidrive recessed head
screw) ■ copper lug:
■ For 80-100-125A ratings: 6Nm with 4mm Allen - flexible cable up to 35mm2
wrench (hexagon socket screw) - rigid cable up to 50mm2
■ Degree of protection: IP20B ■ Bars: 16x3mm, 15x4mm
■ Lugs with small eyelet hole
■ Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with Allen
Extended rotary handle
4mm wrench (M6 screw)
■ Installation: front 3 & 4 pole devices
■ Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V
■ Utilisation: circuit breaker control from outside
the enclosure
■ Retains isolation/padlocking in the O position (3
Cable lugs
padlocks) ■ Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings:
■ IP55 ■ Flexible copper cable: 50mm2
■ 3 positions ■ Rigid copper cable: 70mm2
■ Door interlocking: opening possible in O position
only direct rotary handle Comb busbar
■ Utilisation: for NG125 circuit breaker up to 63A
■ direct supply by circuit breaker terminal (50mm2
Padlocking accessory max. rigid cable)
■ Enables padlocking (in l or O position) of 1P ■ Tooth shield available for unused teeth
or 2P NG125 circuit breakers: ■ Length (dividable): 16 modules of 27mm,
■ In l position of 3P or 4P NG125 circuit breakers i.e. 48 modules of 9mm
Note: the 3P/4P NG125 circuit breakers are ■ 125A max. upstream
factory designed for padlocking in the O position ■ Insulation voltage: 690V
(isolated) ■ Uimp: 8kV
■ Padlock: Ø 5 - 8mm (not supplied) ■ Degree of protection when used with
tooth-shield ends: IPXXB
108

Accessories
Screw shield for circuit breaker

Pack of 10 Type Part No.
1P 19084
2P 19085
3P 19086
4P 19087
19087
Terminal shield for circuit breaker

Pair Type Part No.
1P 19080
2P 19081
3P 19082
4P 19083
19080
Terminal shield for residual current device (Set of)

63A Type Part No.
2P 19074
3P 19075
3P adjustable 19077
4P 19076
19076 4P adjustable 19078
125A 3P 19077
4P 19078
Rotary handle
Type Part No.
Direct standard 19092
Extended standard, black 19088
Red handle 19089
yellow background
19088 Note: Not suitable for 1 & 2 pole devices
Padlocking accessory
Type Part No.
Pack of 4 19090
19090
Insulated sub-distribution terminal

Type Part No.
Pack of 4 19091
19091
Screws and nuts for lug or bar connection
Part No.
Pack of 4 19093
19093
Cable lugs
Type Part No.
Pack of 4 19094
Matching terminal for aluminium cable
Pack of 4 19095
19094
Comb busbar for NG125 and C120

Type Part No.
1P 14811
2P 14812
3P 14813
4P 14814
14813 Tooth shield end (set of 20) 14818
109
P25M motor protection circuit breaker

Ratings: 0.1 - 25A
BS EN 60947-2
Installation
Technical data
■ Phase failure sensitive
■ Temperature compensation: -200C to +400C in
enclosure
■ Current ratings (In): 0.1 - 25A
■ Voltage ratings (Ue): 690Vac
■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2
Voltage (V)
230,240 400,415 440 500 690
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
in in in in in in in in in in
Rating kA % kA % kA % kA % kA %
P25M circuit breaker (A)
0.16
to self protected
1.6
2.5 3 75
4 3 75
6.3 50 100 50 100 3 75
10 15 100 10 100 3 75
14 15 50 8 50 6 75 3 75
18 15 50 8 50 6 75 3 75
23 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 75 3 75
25 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 75 3 75
■ Operating cycles: 100,000 AC3

BS7671
■ Width: 2.5 SP ways (45mm)
■ Cable capacity: min 2 x 1mm2 rigid,
max. 2 x 6mm2 flexible
■ Approvals: CEBEC, DEMKO, NEMKO,
SEMKO, F1
■ Accessories: see page 112
■ Technical data: see page 144
Rating Settings Part No.
In (A)
0.16 0.1 - 0.16 21100
0.25 0.16 - 0.25 21101
0.40 0.25 - 0.40 21102
0.63 0.40 - 0.63 21103
1.0 0.63 - 1.0 21104
1.6 1.0 - 1.6 21105
2.5 1.6 - 2.5 21106
4.0 2.5 - 4.0 21107
6.3 4.0 - 6.3 21108
10 6.0 - 10 21109
14 9.0 - 14 21110
18 13 - 18 21111
23 17 - 23 21112
25 20 - 25 21113
Limiter block Width in Rating Part

Increases the breaking capacity to 100kA up to 415V. 18mm (A) No.
Individual mounting (upstream) or on the terminal SP ways
block part no. 21144 . 2.5 63 21115
■ Connection: tunnel terminal for flexible cable up

to 25mm2
21115
110

Auxiliaries
Auxiliary combination Remote indication: Width in 18mm Part No.

SP ways
■ Position:
0.5 Contact position O+F 21117
P ■ O+F contact indicates ON or OFF position of the
O+F F+F 0.5 Contact position F+F 21116
2 P25M
/ / ■ F+F contact double contact for ON position
5
F+F O+F ■ Position + alarm indicator: with red flag trip
M
indicator:
■ F+SD.O - ON position + OFF fault indication 43 31 43 33
■ O+SD.O - OFF position + OFF fault indication
P ■ F+SD.F - ON position + ON fault indication
O+F MX
2 ■ O+SD.F - OFF position + ON fault indication
/ SD /
5
F+F MN
M
Technical data
Voltage Position (OF) Fault (SD)
Ue
44 32 44 34
Vac (A) (A) 21117 21116
24 1.5
48 6 1
Width in 18mm Part No.
130 4.5 0.5
SP ways
240 3.3 0.3 0.5 Position+alarm
415 2.2 contact F+SD.F 21118
440 1.5 0.5 Position+alarm
Vdc DC 13 DC 13 contact O+SD.F 21119
24 6 1 0.5 Position+alarm
48 5 0.3 contact F+SD.O 21120
60 3 0.15 0.5 Position+alarm
110 1.3 contact O+SD.O 21121
220 0.5
95 53 95 51
■ Connection by terminal clamp:
21118 Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2
Max.: flexible cables 2 x 2.5mm2
Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2
96 54 96 52
21120 21121
97 53 97 51
98 54 98 52
21118 21119
Remote tripping Width Voltage Frequency Part No.

■ MX shunt trip release: trips the P25M when 18mm (V) (Hz)
energised SP ways
■ MN undervoltage release: trips the P25M when MX shunt trip release
the voltage supply drops (between 35% and 75%) 1 220.240 50 21127
and prevents reclosing until the supply voltage is 380.415 50 21128
restored
■ Power consumption of releases:
AC DC
Width Voltage Frequency Part No.
(VA) (W)
18mm (V) (Hz)
MX
SP ways
Pick up 14 10
MN under voltage release
Hold 5 1.6
1 220.240 50 21129
MN
380.415 50 21130
Hold 3.5 1.1
21127 ■ Connection by terminal clamp
Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2
Max.: flexible cables up to 2 x 2.5mm2
Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2
111

Accessories
P25M insulated enclosure

(Surface mounting). Can incorporate 1 x P25M with 1 x
auxiliary contact and 1 x shunt or UVR release with
earth and neutral terminals.
■ Double insulation
■ Sealable cover
■ Indicator lamp can be installed on the front to
indicate the ON or OFF position
■ 4 knock outs for cable gland Ø 16mm
Part No.
Enclosure 21133
Neon indicator light 220 - 240V green 21140

red 21142
21133
Neon indicator light 380 - 440V green 21141
red 21143
Comb busbars P25M

3 Poles 63A
Power supply for several P25M up to 63A. Comb busbar
versions 2 or 4 outlets and the possibility of combining
comb busbar. Auxiliary contacts can be installed
between the P25Ms.
Comb busbar Part No.
For 2 P25M units 21145
For 4 P25M units 21146
21146 21145
Terminal block
For supply of busbars with cables up to 25mm2 (can
be installed with limiter block).
Part No.
End cover (pack of 5) 21148
Terminal block 21144
21144
Insulated connector
To supply comb busbars or P25M directly with cables
up to 25mm2.
Part No.
Insulated connector 21147
21147
112
Connection systems Section five
Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies 114
Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc 116
Comb busbars 117
Terminals and installation accessories 118 - 119
113
Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies

PS type single phase
PS type three phase
Application for PS type single phase and neutral
(No neutral switching facility)
All pan assemblies incorporate the unique Isobar MCB way disconnector feature,
which offers the user the highest levels of safety through electrical isolation of
unused ways. The SN range of pan assemblies is designed to suit single pole
applications, where switching and protection of the neutral is unnecessary.
Each pan assembly is comprised of a flat steel base incorporating DIN rail,
incoming and outgoing busbar assembly with neutral and earth terminal bars. They
can be easily incorporated into custom built enclosure systems.
Technical data for PS pan assemblies

■ Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3
■ Busbar rating: 125A
■ Operating Voltage: 230/240V also suitable for 110Vac operation
■ Frequency: 50Hz
■ Incomers: As A type distribution boards, see page 00
Note: All Merlin Gerin 2 pole RCDs are available for use as incomers to PS
MGAN6PS
pan assemblies.
■ Outgoers: SP C60H MCBs, SP C60H RCBO, C60H MCB & vigi combination
SP ways Part No.

6 MGAN6PS
9 MGAN9PS
12 MGAN12PS
15 MGAN15PS
Application for PS pan assemblies

(No neutral switching facility)
The PS range of three phase pan assemblies is designed to suit applications where
switching and protection of the neutral is deemed unnecessary. Each pan assembly
is fully insulated incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly.
They can be easily and quickly incorporated into custom built enclosure systems.
PS pan assemblies are designed for use with SP and TP C60H MCB, and are also
suitable for two pole two phase equipment.
Technical data
■ Operating Voltage: 400/415V
■ Frequency: 50Hz
■ Incomers: MGI1253, MGNPB250TB, PS pan assemblies can utilise
Multi 9, 3 or 4 pole devices as incomers - additional shroud must be used -
ref. 80011
■ Outgoers: SP C60H MCB, SP C60H RCBO
TP C60H MCB
SP C60H MCB and Vigi combination
TP C60H MCB and Vigi combination
MGBN8PS TP ways Part No.

4 MGBN4PS
6 MGBN6PS
8 MGBN8PS
12 MGBN12PS
16 MGBN16PS
18 MGBN18PS
24 MGBN24PS
114
Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies

Type E
Application
This range of pan assemblies is designed for use with Merlin Gerin’s high quality
Prisma range of enclosures or custom built steelwork. Each pan assembly includes
all components necessary for final distribution and protection of circuits, i.e. steel
fixing plate, DIN rail busbar assembly, incoming connections, neutral and earth bars
distributed neutral busbar for switched neutral applications. The Prisma functional
system enables the construction of a full range of distribution equipment products
from wall mounted enclosures to IP55 floor mounted switch boards having busbar
systems up to 3200A. Functional system Prisma G, GX for wall mounted
enclosures and functional system Prisma P for floor standing enclosures
publication ref. MGD 5064
Technical data
■ Operating Voltage: 400/415V
■ Frequency: 50Hz
■ Incomers:
■ Switch disconnectors: 3 pole 125A MGI1253N
MGBN8E 4 pole 125A MGI1254
■ Terminal block: 125A MGTB1254
250A MGNPB250TB
■ RCDs: 16261, 23213, 23227 for details see page 74
■ For MCCBs and switch disconnectors up to 250A use connection kit MSIS95AN
■ Outgoers: 1, 2, 3 or 4P C60H MCBs, C60H RCBO, C60 MCB and Vigi
combinations
Note: All 4 pole RMG RCDs can be used as incomers. Other incoming devices
may be used by separately mounting them into the Prisma cubicle.
To install in prisma G use sp or kit MGBNSPA
TP ways Front cover Part No. Part No.

coloured black
sliders sliders
4 - MGBN4E MGBN4EV
6 07795P MGBN6E MGBN6EV
18 - MGBN18E MGBN18EV
MGBN8EV
MGI1254
NKIT
115
Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc
Application
A fast , reliable and maintenance free method of connecting outgoing circuits.
Each connection is made in a spring front accessed connection rated at 40A.
Contact pressure of the spring is automatically adjusted to suit the cross sections of
the conductor.
Technical details Type Part No.

■ Voltage rating: 440V 2P Phase and Neutral 04012
■ Current rating: 200A at 40°C 3P 04013
■ Incoming connection: direct by cable lugs, 4P 3 Phase and Neutral 04014
PD390661 connectors or flexible bars
■ Outgoing connection: Symmetrical DIN rail L = 2000 Part No.
■ Provides reliable, maintenance free electrical ■ th = 2.3; h = 15 06603
connecting independent of heat variations
■ Rapid connection and reconnection after Asymetrical rail L = 2000 Part No.
modification ■ th = 1.5; h = 15 06602
■ Automatic spring connections
■ 12 connection points for each phase and 18/or
neutral
■ Cable capacity 10mm2 max (supplied with 24
connections),
■ 52A max. current rating per connection
■ Fixing:
■ On Multifix rails (fixing brackets included)
■ By screws on all standard supports
Multifix DIN rail (Merlin Gerin patent).

Multifix (length 470mm)
■ Rail only, drilled on each end 03004
■ With two fixed height mounting brackets 03001
■ With two adjustable height mounting
brackets 03002
Polybloc 250A
A distribution block patented by Merlin Gerin for ‘wire to wire’ connections,
it consists of:
■ Outgoing 6 x 10mm2 and 3 x 16mm2 cables per Part No.
phase Polybloc 3P 04033
Polybloc 4P 04034
PD390549
Short circuit withstand current

This table indicates the short circuit withstand current (in kA rms) for various
combinations of upstream and downstream devices on a 380/415V installation.
Downstream device Short circuit withstand current (in kA rms), depending on upstream device
C120 NG125 NS100 NS160 NS250
N H N H L N H L N H L
C60H (10kA) - 25 36 25 30 30 25 30 30 25 30 30
C120 (15kA) - 25 25 25 40 40 - - - - - -
Other devices (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
(1) Check that the peak short circuit current, limited by the downstream device, is lower than 12kA. Check that the thermal stress delivered by the downstream
device does not exceed the permissible thermal stress of the 6mm cable (4.76 x 105 A2s).
116
Comb busbars, connectors and

assembled terminals
Application for Comb busbar C60H
When fed by a single cable per phase the busbar is rated 100A at 40°C.
If two connections (i.e. two cables) are used per phase the rating is increased to
120A. Short circuit rating compatible with the breaking capacity of the MCBs fitted.
Short time ratings: 10kA for 30ms, 1800A for 1 second. Suitable for use with all
Merlin Gerin MCBs with 18mm width poles (C60HB/HC/HD).
Technical data Type suitable for C60H and STI Part No.
Rated operational voltage 500V. Complies with 1P 1 row of 12 - 1P MCBs (12) 14881
14881 BS EN 60439-1 1 row of 54 - 1P MCBs (54) 14801
■ Fully insulated for protection against direct 2 row of 24 - 1P MCBs (24) 14891
contact 2P 1 row of 6 - 2P MCBs (6) 14882
■ Supplied with insulated end covers 1 row of 27 - 2P MCBs (27) 14802
■ Main connection: 16mm2 direct 25mm2 via 2 row of 12 - 2P MCBs (24) 14892
3P 1 row of 4 - 3P MCBs (4) 14883
connectors part no. 14885
1 row of 18 - 3P MCBs (18) 14803
2 row of 8 - 3P MCBs (16) 14893
4P 1 row of 3 - 4P MCBs (3) 14884
1 row of 13 - 4P MCBs (13) 14804
2 row of 6 - 4P MCBs (12) 14894
Cable connectors - pack of 4 14885
Type suitable for DPN Part No.

1P+N 1 row of 13 MCBs 14880
2 row of 12 - 24 MCBs 14890
Type suitable for C120 NG125 Part No.

1P 16 MCBs 14811
2P 8 MCBs 14812
3P 5 MCBs 14813
4P 4 MCBs 14814
Set of 20 boots for unused teeth 14818

Set of 40 ends caps
for 1P and 2P combs 14886
for 3P and 4P combs 14887
Set of 40 boots for unused teeth 14888
Stepped terminals 125/140A (40°C) Terminals with holes 125A

Installation Isc (kA rms)
415V Part No.
■ Clipping on to Multifix or symmetrical rails 4 x 10 holes 3.5kA/1s 13512
■ Screwing on to plain or slotted plates, Multifix rails (5 x 10 mm2) +
or asymmetrical rails (4 x 16 mm2) +
(1 x 35 mm2)
4 x 17holes 3.5kA/1s 13514
(8 x 10 mm2) +
(8 x 16 mm2) +
13514
(1 x 35 mm2)
Terminals with clamps 10kA/1s 14949
140A 4 x 12 holes (12 clamps 6 mm2)
Distribloc 125 and 160A Type Part No.

4 pole distribution block comprising: Distribloc 125 07105
■ A fully insulated, one piece distribution system Distribloc 160 07106
complying with IPXXB (protection against direct 35mm2 x 210 07054 4 flexible connections
contact)
■ A modular cover designed for a 45mm panel slot Cable capacity
for integration in a row of DIN rail mounted Distribloc 125 Incoming 6 - 35mm2 flexible
modular products or 10 - 35mm2
rigid cables
Distribloc 160 Incoming Flexible cable
07105 Technical data links fitted to
■ Ui = 690V, Icw = 4.5kA/1s to IEC947-7-1 device
■ Peak withstand current: Ipk = 20kA to IEC439-1 Distribloc 125 & 160 Outgoing Per pole:
■ Rated impulse withstand voltage: Uimp = 8kV 2 x 10mm2
3 x 6mm2
7 x 4mm2
1 x 25mm2
(16mm2 multicore)
117
Terminals and
installation accessories
Terminal blocks Type Part No.
1P (2 x 25mm2 + 4 x 16mm2) 14936
For fixing to symmetrical DIN rails. 1P and 2P blocks 1P (2 x 35mm2 + 4 x 25mm2) 14938
can be fitted together to form 3P and 4P blocks. 2P (2 x 25mm2 + 4 x 16mm2) 14937
2P (2 x 35mm2 + 4 x 25mm2) 14939
Technical data
Terminal blocks
Connection strips 80 - 125A (40°C) 80A connection strip Part No.

4 holes 14962
Cross section for stranded cables. (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2)
Each strip has one M4 threaded hole for screw length 32mm
attachment to any support. 6 holes 14963
(3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 )
length 50mm
10 holes 14964
Connection strips (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 )
length 74mm
125A connection strip

14 holes 14965
(7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16 mm2 + 1 x 35mm2)
length 98mm
Terminal block supports Cross section for stranded cables Part No.
80A terminal block
Terminal block support made of self extinguishing 4 holes 14975
insulating material: 960°C/5s. Beige in colour. (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2)
Each support can be individually identified using length 68mm
clip-on markers (optional): 6 holes 14976
■ Blue for neutral (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2)
■ Yellow/green for earth length 68mm
Terminal block supports Fixing: 10 holes 14977
■ Clipped on to: (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2)
■ 12 x 2 flat bar length 115mm
■ Multifix or symmetrical rail
125A terminal block
■ Screwed on to any support (plain or slotted plate)
14 holes 14979
using 2 ears
(7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35 mm2)
length 115mm
Identification card Type Part No.

The markers can be used to identify terminal blocks: 2 x 50 identification card 14989
neutral or earth. (50 blue mark, 50 yellow/green mark)
Flat bar 12 x 2 07046
14989
Terminal bar for earth/neutral Type Part No.

connections For panel mounting
1 x 20 holes, length 183mm
■ For panel mounting
(19 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 99217
■ Including support
■ Current rating 200A (24 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 99219
(37 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 99221
Terminal bars 1 x 49 holes, length 419mm
(48 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 99223
(72 x 16+1 x 1202 ) 99225
118
Terminals and
installation accessories
End stop Type Part No.
End stop (pack of 10) 14915
For symmetrical/asymmetrical DIN rail.
14915
Universal terminal support Type Part No.

Universal terminal support 6619
This unit can be installed on: (pack of 5)
■ Slotted mounting plate
■ Asymmetrical DIN raiI width: 3 modules of 9mm
06619
Flush mounting clamp Type Part No.

Flush mounting clamp (pack of 4) 20267
Allows the installation of all DlN standard devices on
an enclosure door.
The depth is adjustable by turning the bracket round.
DIN rail not included.
20267
Transparent hinged weatherproof covers Type Part No.

for enclosure doors - IP55 Transparent hinged cover
(10 x 18mm ways) 14210
Allows the installation of DlN standard devices up to 10 DIN rail support 14211
SP ways (twenty 9mm modules) on an enclosure door. (and fixing)
Degree of protection IP55. Transparent hinged cover
■ External dimensions (mm): (4 x 18mm ways) 99246A
w 235 x h 126 x d 33 Transparent hinged cover
■ Dimensions of the hole on the door (mm): complete with DIN support bracket
w 186 x h 96 (4 x 18mm ways) 99246B
Supplied with a blanking plate (to cover up to ten 9mm
modules) and fixing and drilling template.
99246B
Card strip holder Type Part No.

Card strip holder 07360
Self adhesive plastic holder for card label strip. Pack of 10 holders and 10 card strips
430mm/479mm modules wide, 20mm high. Supplied
with card strip and transparent cover strip.
07360
119
Enclosures
Features and benefits
Merlin Gerin’s range of enclosures has been designed to

cater for a wide range of applications, suitable for the
mounting of DIN rail components such as timers, relays,
contactors, MCBs etc.
Whether the enclosure is for indoors or outdoors use, in a clean or dirty

environment, in metal or insulated material, with a plain or transparent door, Merlin
Gerin has an enclosure to suit.
Page 132 - 133 features a quick selection table, designed to guide you through the
product range to select the most suitable enclosure.
High levels
of safety
■ Tamperproof facility via a lockable option

(where applicable)
■ Transparent door option (where applicable) enables quick
identification of status and settings, useful for MCBs and
timers etc
Performance
and quality
■ Ingress protection ratings available from IP30 through to

IP66
■ Insulated or metal enclosures suitable for the mounting of
DIN rail devices, ranging from 2 up to 240 SP ways
■ Enclosures supplied complete with accessories (see
relevant product information for further details)
Product
innovation
■ Design flexibility of modular or custom chassis enables

the user to tailor internal fittings to the application
■ Aesthetically pleasing
120
Enclosures Section six
Mini Opale IP30 124
G9 IP30 124
A-series IP30 124
B-series IP31 125
Pragma C IP40 126
Pragma metal IP41 127
UT weatherproof IP54 128
Prisma GK IP55 129
Pragma C weatherproof IP55 130
Kaedra weatherproof IP65 131
UP weatherproof IP66 132
121
Enclosures
Selection guide
Step 1: Select the number of SP ways required Step 2: Select either insulated or metal,
Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways
Insulated Page 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14
Mini Opale 124
1 1 1 1
IP30
Row Row Row Row
Pragma C 126
1
IP40
Row
Weatherproof 130
1
Pragma C
Row
IP55
Weatherproof 131
1 1 1 1 1
Kaedra
Row Row Row Row Row
IP65
Weatherproof 132
UP (GRP)
IP66
Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways
Metal Page 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14
G9 124
1 1 1
IP30
Row Row Row
A-Series enclosure 124

1 1 1
IP30
Row Row Row
B-Series enclosure 125

IP31
Pragma 127
IP30/41
Weatherproof UT 128
IP54
Prisma GK 129
IP55
122
Enclosures
Selection guide
Step 3: Select IP rating required, Step 4: Refer to the product page for more details.
17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240
2 3 4
Rows Rows Rows
2 3 4
Rows Rows Rows
3 4 4 6
2 Rows
Rows Rows Rows Rows
17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240
1 2
Row Row
2 3 4 5
Row Row Row Row
1 2 3 4 5 6
Row Row Row Row Row Row
2 3 4 4 6
Row Row Row Row Row
2 3 4 5 6
Row Row Row Row Row
123
Enclosures
IP30
Mini Opale enclosures (IP30)

Mini Opale enclosures are all insulated and made of an impact resistant material
which is self extinguishing to 6500C.
Degree of protection: IP30
They consist of: SP Size (mm) Part No.
■ An insulated back plate incorporating a DlN rail 18mm H-W-D
■ A cover clipped to the back plate ways
■ Two 4 hole terminal bars built in, 13396 and 13398 2 130 x 44 x 57 13392
13396 4 130 x 80 x 57 13394
only. (1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2)
6 160 x 119 x 65 13396
Installation 8 160 x 155 x 65 13398
■ Wall mounting, 2 or 4 screws supplied.
Suitable for most DlN standard devices
G9 enclosures (IP30)
These enclosures are made from pressed sheet steel, epoxy powder coated.
Colour: moonstone beige.
Degree of protection: IP30.
They consist of: SP Size (mm) Part No.
■ A back plate with DlN raiI 18mm H-W-D
■ A cover, screwed to the back plate, having 25mm ways
knockouts top and bottom 3 200 x 101 x 63 99560
4 250 x 122.5 x 63 14599
Installation 5 250 x 122.5 x 63 14603
■ Wall mounting
Suitable for most DlN standard devices
A-series enclosures (IP30)

These enclosures are made from folded steel sheet, epoxy powder coated.
Colour: RAL 9001.
Degree of protection: IP30.
They consist of: SP No. of Size (mm) Part No.
■ An enclosure having a back plate with DlN rail 18mm holes H-W-D
25mm knockouts in top, bottom, sides and rear of ways
enclosure built-in earth terminal bar: 8 9 264 x 260 x 127 MGN16DE
MGN16DE
11 12 264 x 315 x 127 MGN22DE
■ A cover having a drop down door with plastic latch. 14 18 264 x 370 x 127 MGN28DE
To lock enclosure use easily fitted key lock MGBL 17 24 264 x 450 x 127 MGN34DE
28 36 494 x 370 x 127 MGN56DE*
Installation
■ Wall mounting Suitable for most DlN standard devices
* Two tier
Accessories
Key lock MGBL
124
Enclosures
B-series IP31
Application
These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products,
primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to
the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK.
For mounting above and below a standard B board use ref MGBNTJKN.
Specification
■ Ingress protection: IP31 to BS EN 60529
■ Earth bar capacity: 25mm2
MGBN8SXP ■ Surface mounting
■ Colour: RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated
Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover

Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm
in 18mm rows Height Width Depth
SP ways
MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158
MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158
MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158
MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158
MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158
MGBN8SXS
Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover

SP ways
MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158
MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158
MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158
MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158
MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158
MGBN8SXP Suitable for most DIN standard devices
Installation
■ Wall mounting
125
Enclosures
Pragma C IP40
Application
These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products,
primarily for control and metering.
■ Colour: ivory (RAL9001)
Available with either a plain or transparent door, these

enclosures are supplied complete with the following:
■ 2 angled terminal block supports
10901
■ 1 earth terminal block without cover:
■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal
bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2)
■ 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole
terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2)
bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2)
■ 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover:
bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2)
10912
bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2)
■ Identification labels and pictograms
■ 5 module dividable blanking plates:
■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 1
■ 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3
Supplied with plain door

SP ways
10901 12 1 250 275 115
10903 10902 24 2 375 275 115
10903 36 3 500 275 115
10904 48 4 752 275 115
Supplied with transparent door

SP ways
10911 12 1 250 275 115
10912 24 2 375 275 115
10913 36 3 500 275 115
10914 48 4 752 275 115
Suitable for most DIN standard devices
10914
Additional accessories
80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575
IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582

IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13583
IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584
IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13585
IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586
IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13587
Angled terminal block support 13600

Key lock 13665
Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181
Installation
■ Wall mounting
■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 191
126
Enclosures
Pragma metal IP41
Application
These enclosures are manufactured from sheet metal 8/10 epoxy/polyester
powder coated. They are supplied complete with DIN mounting rails and insulated
front plates.
Degree of protection is IP30 with front plates, IP41 with overall door.
They consist of:
■ A back plate which supports a removable DlN rail
chassis which is also insulated from the back
plate
■ Removable top and bottom insulated gland plates
13811 + 13841 (metal plates are an option)
■ Metal side panels which are insulated from the
Installation back plate
■ Wall mounted with internal fixing and location ■ Insulated front plates, one for each row of DlN rail
brackets ■ Earth and neutral terminal bars, each 30 holes
■ Way label for each row, with blanking plates
Compact NS/Interpact incomers (8 poles for 1, 2, 3 rows - 16 poles for 4, 5, 6
■ Purpose designed mounting plates and front rows)
plates to accept Compact NS or Interpact up to ■ Optional plain door or glazed door which may be
160A hinged left or right
■ Each Interpact front plate occupies the space of 2
MCB front plates
■ Each Compact NS occupies the space of 1 MCB Enclosure
front plate No. of Capacity Part No. Part No. door
rows in 18mm enclosure plain glazed
Terminals SP ways
1 24 13811 13841 13851
■ A range of terminals and connections to ease
2 48 13812 13842 13852
installation
3 72 13813 13843 13853
4 96 13814 13844 13854
Accessories 5 120 13815 13845 13855
■ A range of accessories to extend the applications 6 144 13816 13846 13856
for Pragma enclosures Suitable for most DlN standard devices

Interpact IN125T - IN160T Dimensions
mounting plate and front plate 13861 ■ All Pragma enclosures are 550mm wide,
Compact NS / VIGI NS 100 / 160 depth 170mm, with front plates 182mm with
mounting plate and front plate 13863 overall door
160A connection blocks
(fits onto incoming units) 13875
Earth/neutral terminal blocks Height mm
(2 x 30 hole)* 13876 1 row 300
Connections to install POLYBLOC 2 row 450
on incoming unit 13866 3 row 600
Plain front plate (1 row) 13871 4 row 750
Slotted mounting plate (H 150mm) 13864 5 row 900
Blanking plate 24 pole 13430 6 row 1050
Label strip 24 pole 13879
Door lock key No. 405 13877
Touch up paint RAL 9001 13880
Pack of blanking strip 5 pole 13429
Metal gland plate PRGPM
* 13876 complete with insulated holders, insulated cover each
bar has 1 x 35mm, 15 x 16mm, 14 x 10mm holes.
127
Enclosures
UT weatherproof IP54
Application
There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or
chassis. Both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis
allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical
rails fitted to the back of the enclosure, the DIN rails are fitted at the required
positions.
Modular chassis (common to the UT and UP enclosures) comprise a supporting
structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in
Weatherproof enclosure identification.
■ UT weatherproof enclosures: All welded
construction, manufactured from 1.2mm sheet
steel, epoxy/polyester powder coated
■ Colour: RAL 7032 grey
■ Degree of protection: IP54 to IEC 529. Wall fixing
by internal or external fixings. The door is
removable and is sealed using a moulded
polyurethane gasket. A bottom gland plate is fitted,
fully gasketed and removable from the outside
Enclosures Internal fittings

Enclosure size (mm) UT range Mounting plates Custom chassis Modular chassis
Height Width Depth With Plain Perforated 4 Multifix Vertical Rows of Chassis
plain rails uprights 18mm complete
door SP ways
300 250 150 04583 09231 09211
400 300 200 04584 09234 09214 09263 09251 2 x 12 02524
500 400 200 04585 09238 09218 09264 09252 3 x 16 02525
600 400 200 04586 09239 09219 09264 09253 3 x 16 02526
700 500 200 04587 09240 09220 09265 09254 4 x 22 02527
800 600 250 04588 09244 09224 09266 09255 4 x 28 02528
1000 800 250 04590 09248 09228 09268 09257 6 x 36 02530
Accessories
Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 04629
Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 05196
Earth connection 6mm2 for door 07081
RAL7032 aerosol paint spray 02499
Blanking plate for Multi 9 front plate 13730
Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for
custom chassis and mounting plates 05224
Set of 4 - M6 x 12 screws and
nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917
20 cage nuts for M4 05114
perforated mounting plate M5 05115
M6 05116
128
Enclosures
Prisma GK IP55
Application
Heavy Duty enclosure suitable for use in harsh environments. Ideal for use in
Industrial & Commercial buildings these enclosures offer the following:
■ Functionality (ease & simplicity of product selection)
■ Sealed from the effects of water and dust to IP55
■ Extendible (enclosures can be joined or extended by the use of joining kits)
■ Robust (high resistance to impacts & mechanical damage)
05503 + 05543
These enclosures are wall mountable, up to 23x50mm Prisma modules, or floor
standing for 27 and 33x50mm Prisma modules using a plinth. They are available
with either a plain or transparent door and can be used to house devices up to
630A with standard connections.
■ Colour: RAL 9001. For other colours consult Merlin Gerin.

Part No’s.
Enclosure Plain door Transparent door
Enclosure (7 mod.), H450 x W600 05502 05532 05542

Canopy for W600 - for extra protection against water or objects falling vertically 05557
Prisma GK handle - spare handle with barrel lock and two keys 05580
For further information and a comprehensive list of the full GK range see the Prisma G Catalogue.
For information on joining/extending enclosures consult us.
Ordering guide
■ Select the number of device mounting rails (Multifix rails) required for mounting
Multi 9 devices: (24 x 18mm SP ways)
Rail Front Plate

(with cutouts)
1 row occupies 4 vertical modules (200mm). 07501 07814
■ Select the number of Mulifix rails required for mounting terminal blocks:
Rail Front Plate

1 row occupies 3 vertical modules (150mm). 07502 07813
Add the number of vertical modules required for the installed equipment using the
above guidelines and subtract this number from the number of modules provided in
the selected enclosure. This will give you the plain front plate requirements for the
unused modules in the enclosure. Use the following table to order plain front plates:
for B type pan assemblies see page xx
Plain Flat Front Plate
Height Mods. Part No.
50mm 1 7801
100mm 2 7802
150mm 3 7803
200mm 4 7804
250mm 5 7805
300mm 6 7806
Example Modules
3 x 7501 Rows for Multi 9 devices, 72 x 18mm SP Ways 12
3 x 7814 3 Front Plates with cut outs for Multi 9 devices
2 x 7502 2 Rows for Terminal Blocks 6
2 x 7803 2 Front Plates
05505 Basic Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 19

05535 Plain door for 19 mod enclosure
Total space remaining within the enclosure 1
Therefore the Filler Plates required would be:

1 x 7801 1 x 1 mod (50mm) Plain Front Plate
129
Enclosures
Pragma C weatherproof IP55
Application
These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN
rail mounted products, primarily for control and
metering.
Suitable for use in harsh environments they can be

used indoors or outdoors.
■ Colour: light grey (RAL 7035)
10941
These enclosures are supplied complete with the
following:
■ 2 angled terminal block supports
■ 1 earth terminal block without cover:
bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2)
bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2)
■ 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover:
bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2)
bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2)
■ Identification labels and pictograms
■ 5 module dividable blanking plates:
■ 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

SP ways
10941 12 1 279 285 127.5
10942 24 2 404 285 127.5
10943 36 3 529 285 127.5
10944 48 4 654 285 127.5
IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582

IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13583
IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584
IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13585
IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586
IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13587
Angled terminal block support 13600

Key lock IP55 Pragma C 13625
Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181
Installation
■ Wall mounting
130
Enclosures
Kaedra weatherproof enclosure IP65
Application
Kaedra enclosures are manufactured using an insulating, self extinguishing
material. Suitable for commercial, industrial and domestic applications, for
installation indoors and outdoors in harsh environments, ie marinas.
■ Colour: light grey (RAL 7035)
These enclosures are supplied complete with the

13441 following:
■ 1 built in dividable blanking plate
■ 1 marker strip
■ 4 sealing plugs for wall mounting screws (essential
for class 2)
■ 1 angled terminal block support to simplify cable
insertion and improve accessibility on clamping
■ 1 terminal block fitted with a guide to simplify
cable introduction in the tunnels:
■ 13441 - 13443, two terminals of 4 holes
■ 13444 two terminals of 8 holes

SP ways
13441 4 1 200 123 112
13442 6 1 200 159 112
13443 8 1 200 195 112
13444 12 1 200 267 112
80A terminal block 22 holes 13578
Angled terminal block supports 4 way enclosure 13361

IP2X terminal cover green 4 hole 13581

8 hole 13582
16/32 hole 13583
IP2X terminal cover blue 4 hole 13589
8 hole 13586
16/32 hole 13587
Lock 13948
Sealing kit 13947
Bag of membrane glands (cable support sleeves) various sizes 14190
Installation
■ Wall mounting
131
Enclosures
Poylester UP weatherproof IP66
Application
Weatherproof, maintenance free enclosures manufactured from high impact glass
reinforced polyester material self extinguishing to 9800C and having excellent
resistance to corrosion.
Degree of protection IP66 to IEC 529.
Wall mounting, door hinged left or right with internal wall fixings supplied as standard.
There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or
Weatherproof enclosure chassis, both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis
allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical
rails fitted to the back of the enclosure. The DIN rails are fitted at the required
positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT enclosures) comprise a supporting
structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in
identification and a 12 x 2 flat bar with earthing terminal block.
Enclosures Internal fittings

Enclosure size (mm) UP range Mounting plates Custom chassis Modular chassis
Height Width Depth With With Variable Plain Perforated 4 Multifix Vertical Rows of Chassis
plain glazed depth rails uprights 18mm complete
door door sliders modules
430 330 200 02504 02514 02554 09234 09214 09263 09251 2 x 12 02524
530 430 200 02505 02515 02554 02238 09218 09264 09252 3 x 16 02525
650 440 250 20506 02516 02556 09239 09219 09264 09253 3 x 16 02526
750 540 300 02507 02517 02557 09240 09220 09265 09254 4 x 22 02527
850 640 300 02508 02518 02557 09244 09224 09266 09255 4 x 28 02528
1055 850 350 02510 02520 02560 09248 09228 09268 09257 6 x 40 02530

Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 02521
Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405
not for 02510 and 02520 09955
Blanking plate for multi 9 front plate 13730
Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for
custom chassis and mounting plates 05224
Set 8 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to
fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917
20 cage nuts for perforated
mounting plate M4 05114
M5 05115
M6 05116
132
Technical data Section seven
Breaking capacities 134
Tripping characteristics 135
Temperature derating 136
Grouping factors 135 - 136
MCB on lighting loads 137
MCB auxiliaries 138 - 139
DC operation 140
400Hz operation 141
Motor starters 142
Transformer inrush 143
P25M motor protection 144
Types of RCD 145
Degrees of protection 146
Surge arrester selection 147 - 149
Contactor rating 150 - 151
Impulse relay selection 153
MIN and PRE timings 154
Movement detector 155 - 156
Presence detector 157 - 158
Multimeter connection 159
Current transformer selection 161
133
Miniature circuit breakers

Breaking capacities
Tripping characteristics
Miniature circuit breaker BS EN 60898** BS EN 60947-2*

(magnetic trip setting) Breaking capacity (A) Breaking capacity (A)
1P 2,3,4P 1P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P
Type Ratings (A) Page 240V 415V 220V/240V 220V/240V 380V/415V 440V
C60HB MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000
(type B: 3 - 5In)
C60HC MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000
(type C: 5 - 10In
C60HD MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000
(type D: 10 - 14In)
C120 HB MCB 10A - 125A 17 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000
C120 HC MCB 10A - 125A 18 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000
C120 HD MCB 10A - 125A 19 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000
NG125 N 10A - 125A 35 - - 25,000 50,000 25,000 20,000
NG125 H 10A - 80A 38 - - 36,000 70,000 36,000 30,000
* Breaking capacities quoted are Icu. Ics = 50% of Icu. Note: For UL/CSA approved MCBs consult us.
** Breaking capacities quoted are Icn. Ics = 75% of Icn. Maximum operating voltage 440V + 10%
Magnetic tripping characteristics (50/60Hz)
BS EN 60898 I EC947-2
Type In min. In max. Type In min. In max. Typical applications
B 3 5 U 5.5 8.8 Moderately inductive, e.g. commercial and general industrial
C 5 10 C 5 10 Highly inductive, e.g. heavy industrial
D 10 14 D 10 14 More highly inductive, e.g transformers, motors and certain
lighting systems
Note: BS EN 60898 calibration temperature 30°C

BS EN 60947-2 calibration temperature 40°C
134

Temperature derating/grouping factors
Temperature derating of MCBs ■ Grouping

Miniature circuit beakers listed in the service current tables may be used at temperatures ranging from -30˚C - factors
60˚C. The tables show the maximum current to be employed as a function of certain ambient temperatures.
Figures in bold type are the nominal current ratings at the calibration temperature. C60HB
Derating of MCBs grouped in enclosed installations.

C60HC
C60HD
} 0.8
When a number of circuit breakers or combined RCD/MCBs that operate simultaneously are mounted side by
side in a small enclosure, the temperature rise inside the enclosure may cause a reduction in the service current.
The reduction can be calculated by multiplying the maximum service current by a 'grouping factor'.
C60H B and C curves

Temperature °C
Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
1 1.05 1.02 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.88 0.85
2 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.92 1.88 1.84 1.80 1.74
4 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 8.76 3.64 3.52 5.40 5.30
6 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.64 5.52 5.40 5.30
10 10.6 10.3 10.0 9.70 9.30 9.00 8.60 8.20 7.80
16 16.8 16.5 16.0 15.5 15.2 14.7 14.2 13.8 13.3
20 21.0 20.6 20.0 19.4 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.4 16.8
25 26.2 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7
32 33.5 32.9 32.0 31.4 30.4 29.8 28.4 28.2 27.5
40 42.0 41.2 40.0 38.8 38.0 36.8 35.6 34.4 33.2
50 52.5 51.5 50.0 48.5 47.4 45.5 44.0 42.5 40.5
63 66.2 64.9 63.0 61.1 58.0 56.7 54.2 51.7 49.2
C60H D curve
Temperature °C
Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
1 1.10 1.08 1.05 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.92 0.89
2 2.18 2.14 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.90 1.86 1.80
4 4.52 4.40 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 3.72 3.56 3.44
6 6.48 6.36 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.58 5.46
10 11.4 11.1 10.7 10.4 10.0 9.60 9.20 8.80 8.40
16 17.9 17.4 16.9 16.4 16.0 15.5 15.0 14.4 13.9
20 22.2 21.6 21.2 20.6 20.0 19.4 18.8 18.2 17.6
25 27.7 27.0 26.5 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.5 22.7 21.7
32 35.2 34.2 33.6 32.9 32.0 31.0 30.4 29.4 28.4
40 44.4 43.6 42.4 41.2 40.0 38.8 37.6 36.4 34.8
50 56.0 54.5 53.0 51.5 50.0 48.5 46.5 45.0 43.0
63 71.8 69.9 67.4 65.5 63.0 60.4 57.9 55.4 52.9
DPN, DPN N
Temperature °C
Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
1 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.89 0.86
2 2.08 2.04 2 1.96 1.91 1.87 1.82 1.77 1.72
6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.16
10 10.5 10.3 10 9.73 9.45 9.17 8.87 8.57 8.25
16 16.7 16.4 16 15.6 16.2 14.8 14.4 14 13.5
20 20.9 20.4 20 19.5 19 18.7 18 17.5 17
25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.8 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.4
32 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.3 29.4 28.5 27.6 26.7
40 42 41 40 39 37.9 36.8 35.7 34.6 33.4
135

Temperature derating/grouping factors
DPN Vigi, DPN N Vigi, (30 and 300mA)

Temperature °C
Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.16
10 10.5 10.2 10 9.75 9.49 9.23 8.96 8.67 8.38
16 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 16.2§ 14.8 14.3 14.9 13.4
20 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 17.9 17.4 16.8
25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.9 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.4
32 33.4 32.7 32 31.2 30.5 29.7 28.9 28 27.1
40 41.6 41.8 40 38.2 38.3 37.4 36.5 35.6 34.6
NG125
Temperature °C
Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
10 11 10.75 10.5 10.25 10 9.75 9.5 9.25 9
16 17.6 17.2 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.4
20 22 21.5 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 18
25 27.5 26.87 26.25 25.62 25 24.37 23.75 23.12 22.5
32 35.2 34.4 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.4 29.6 28.8
40 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36
50 55 53.75 52.5 51.25 50 48.75 47.5 46.25 45
63 69.3 67.72 66.15 64.57 63 61.42 59.85 58.27 56.7
80 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72
100 110 107.5 105 102.5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90
125 137.5 134.3 131.2 128.1 125 121.8 118.7 121.8 112.5
C120H
Temperature °C
Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
10 10.7 10.4 10 9.4 9.2 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.8
16 17.1 16.6 16 15 14.7 14 13.4 13 12.6
20 21.3 20.7 20 18.7 18.3 17.5 16.7 16 15.5
25 27.1 26 25 23.8 22.7 21.2 20.2 19.6 19
32 34.7 33.3 32 30.5 29 27.1 25.8 25 24.2
40 43 41.5 40 38 36 34 32 31 30
50 53.9 51.9 50 47.8 45.7 43.3 41 39.8 38.6
63 68 65.5 63 60 57 54 51 49.5 48
80 85 82.5 80 77 74 60.5 57 55.3 53.6
100 107 103.5 100 96 92 87.5 83 80.5 78
125 135 130 125 118.5 114 108 102 99 96
136

For use with lighting loads
Table 1: fluorescent lighting

Depending on the power supply and the number and
types of lighting units, the table gives the circuit
breaker rating based on the following assumptions:
■ Installation in an enclosure with an ambient
temperature of 25˚C (derating coefficient = 0.8)
■ Power of ballast: 25% of tube power
■ Power factor: 0.6 for non-compensated fluorescent
lighting. 0.86 for compensated fluorescent
lighting
Circuit breakers mounted in an enclosure with an
ambient exterior temperature of 25˚C: derating
coefficient = 0.8.
Single phase system: 230V

Three phase + N system: 400V between phases
Types of Power of Number of lighting units per phase
lighting unit tubes (W)
Single phase 18 4 9 29 49 78 98 122 157 196 245 309 392 490
non-compensated 36 2 4 14 24 39 49 61 78 98 122 154 196 245
58 1 3 9 15 24 30 38 48 60 76 95 121 152
Single phase 18 7 14 42 70 112 140 175 225 281 351 443 562 703
compensated 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 281 351
58 2 4 13 21 34 43 54 69 87 109 137 174 218
Two phase 2x18 = 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 281 351
compensated 2x36 = 72 1 3 10 17 28 35 43 56 70 87 110 140 175
2x58 = 118 1 2 6 10 17 21 27 34 43 54 68 87 109
MCB rating 1 2 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Calculation: non-compensated fluorescent lighting example (star connection)

Number = (rating x 0.8) (U x 0.6)
(P x 1.25)
Table 2: high pressure discharge lamps

Table valid for 230V and 400V, with compensated or
non-compensated ballast.
Mercury vapour + fluorescent substance Rat. (A)
P(1) ≤ 700W 6
P(1) ≤ 1000W 10
P(1) ≤ 2000W 16
Mercury vapour + metal halides
P(1) 375W 6
P(1) 1000W 10
P(1) 2000W 16
High pressure sodium vapour lamps
P(1) 400W 6
P(1) 1000W 10
137
Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF)

Electrical auxiliaries Alarm switch (SD)
For C60/C120 MCBs Shunt trip unit (MX)
Under voltage release (MN)
Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) to indicate

the ‘open’ or ‘closed’ position of a Ph
circuit breaker
11
Assembly
Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker.
Applications
Audible or visual indication of the open or closed state
of the circuit. The indication can be given on the front
of a cubicle or enclosure or grouped on a control desk.
Can be used in conjunction with an alarm switch.
14 12
mcb closed mcb open
Alarm switch (SD) to indicate circuit Ph

breaker opening on a fault (tripped)
Assembly 91
Applications
Audible or visual indication of a fault on an electrical
circuit in air conditioned rooms, passenger and goods
lifts, ventilation etc. May be used in conjunction with
an auxiliary ON/OFF switch.
94 92
fault normal
Shunt trip unit (MX) for remote tripping Ph
Assembly
Applications
remote opening of electrical circuits.
U>
14 12 C2 C1
mcb closed
N
mcb open
Under voltage release unit (MN) Ph

to ensure automatic tripping in case of
under voltage and for remote tripping
D2
by EMERGENCY STOP push button D1
Assembly
U<
Applications
Automatic tripping of a circuit breaker whenever the
voltage drops sufficiently below its nominal rated
voltage. Remote tripping of a circuit breaker by
‘emergency stop’ or other N.C. push button.
138
MX + OF and MXV releases for
Remote operation with MX + OF
Remote opening, by circuit breaker tripping, MX + OF N L

of electrical lighting circuits, etc.
U>
14 12 C2 C1 NG125
Upstream voltage taps
The voltage taps supply auxiliary circuits in order to

perform the following functions:
■ Indication, measurement
■ Emergency stopping
■ Remote transfer
NG125
OF or SD indication
OF auxiliary contact: O+F N L SD N L

■ Indication by dry contact of circuit breaker
"open or closed" condition
■ Indication is either on the front face of the
cubicle or enclosure or centralised on a display
console
24 22 21 NG125 96 98 95 NG125
■ Indication of a fault on a circuit breaker:
climatic chamber, elevator, ventilation, etc
Remote operation with MXV L

N
Remote tripping by MXV with information

feedback by SDV
■ The control switch (luminous or not) trips the 11 12 M1 M2
circuit breaker by means of the Vigi equipped with N L
SDV MXV ACTp
an MXV
■ An indicator, via the SDV switch in the NO
condition, lights up when the Vigi module has
tripped on an outgoer or by MXV
NG125
Vigi NG125
OFF max.
= 1 mA
139
DC operation
Selecting the circuit breaker ■ The maximum short circuit current at the point of
The selection of the type of circuit breaker most installation, which determines the breaking
suitable for protection of a d.c. installation depends capacity. Magnetic trip threshold increases by 1.4
mainly on the following criteria:
■ The rated current, which determines the rating of Breaking capacity of miniature circuit breakers on d.c.
the equipment (in brackets, the number of poles involved in breaking)
■ The type of system (1,2 or 3), (see below) Type of D.C. breaking capacity(kA)-L/R < 0.015s
■ The rated voltage, which determines the number of circuit breaker (IEC 947-2 ,lcu)
poles to be involved in breaking Voltage 24/48V 125V 250V 500V
C60HB/HC 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) -
C60HD 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) -
C120 - 15,000 25,000 -
NG125N - 36,000 36,000 -
NG125H - 36,000 36,000 -
Type of system Earthed systems Insulated systems

One polarity of the DC supply is A centre point of the DC supply is
earthed earthed
Diagrams
i i i
and various a a a
cases of faults R U/2 R R
U U
+
B U/2
A B A B A
b b b
C C C
Fault effect Fault A Max. Isc Isc close to max. Isc No effect
the positive polarity the positive polarity is the only
is the only one involved one involved, voltage U/2
Fault B Max. Isc Max. Isc Max. Isc
both polarities are involved both polarities are involved both polarities are involved
Fault C No effect Same as fault A but this is the No effect
negative polarity which is involved
Most unfavourable case Fault A Faults A and C Fault B
Distribution of the The poles required to perform On each polarity there must be the the poles required to perform
breaking poles the break are in series number of poles required to perform the break are shared between
on the positive polarity (1),(2)
the break of max. Isc at U/2 the 2 polarities
(1) Or negative if the positive polarity is earthed.

(2) An extra pole will be needed on the earthed
polarity to provide isolation
+ + +
250V = 250V = 250V =
- - -
C120H C120H NS400H

3P 4P 2P
80A 100A 400A
Load Load Load
Calculation the short circuit current Example As the above calculation

(Isc) across the terminals of a battery What is the short circuit current at the shows, the shor circuit
terminals of a standing battery with the current is relatively
When a short circuit occurs across its terminals, a
following characteristics: weak.
battery discharges a current given by Ohm's law:
■ Capacity: 500Ah
Note: If the internal resistance is
■ Max. discharge voltage: 240V
Isc = Vb not known, the following
Ri (110 cells of 2.2V) approximate formula can be
■ Discharge current: 300A used: Isc = kC, where C is the
capacity of the battery expressed
Where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery ■ Autonomy: 1/2 hour in Ampere hours, and k is a
100 % charged). ■ Internal resistance: 0.5mΩ coefficient close to 10 but in any
case always lower than 20.
and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sum per cell
of the cell resistances (figure generally given by the Ri = 110 x 0.5 10 - 3 = 55 x10 - 3 240 Vdc
manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery). 300A
Isc = 240 -3 = 4.4kA 500Ah
55 10
Ri = 0.5mΩ/cell
140
Utilisation at 400Hz
Practical advice
The greater part of multi 9 circuit breakers can be

used on 400Hz networks. Short-circuit currents at
400Hz generator terminals do not, in general, exceed
the nominal current by more than 4 times. Therefore,
breaking capacity problems are very rare.
Multi 9 circuit breakers
■ No thermal derating
■ Increase of magnetic thresholds:
■ Coefficient 1.5 for DPN
■ Coefficient 1.48 for C60
■ Residual current circuit-breakers from the multi 9 range can be used on 400Hz
networks. It should be noted that the mA threshold varies depending on the
network's frequency (see curves below)
Note:
In 400Hz, the test circuit for residual current devices may present the risk of not
functioning when actioning the test button because of threshold variation. According
to international studies (IEC 60479-2), the human body is less sensitive to a 400Hz
current that passes through the body; so well that, even though the residual current
device has had its frequency desensitised, these devices still ensure the protection
of persons. The method for choosing residual current devices in 400Hz is thus the
same as that for 50Hz.
RCCB Operating residual current variation curves

Curve No.
I n Class Rating Sensitivity (mA)
2.5 1 (A) 10 30 100 300 500
2 AC 25 2 1 - 1 1
3 25-40 - 1 1 1 1
4 63-80-100 - 2 1 1 1
2
A 16-25-40-63 - 3 - 2 2
si type 4 - 4 -
Selective s ( AC, A ) - - - 2 2
1.5
0.5
10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz
Vigi C60 Operating residual current variation curves

Curve No.
1 Class Rating Sensitivity Sens.
I n 2 (mA) (A)
2.5 (A) 10 30 100 300 1A 3A
Vigi C60 110/220 V - 50Hz
AC 25 2 1 1 - -
63 - 2 1 - -
2
Vigi C60 2, 3 and 4P 220/415 V - 50Hz

AC 25 2 1 1 - -
1.5 40-63 - 2 1 - -
A 25-63 3 3 2 2 -
All types
1
Selective s - 4 2 2 -
C60 si
0.5 4
10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz
141

For use in conjunction with
motor starters and transformers
Motor starters Table 1 - 3 phase 415Vac D.O.L. starting
In general miniature circuit breakers can give only Recommended MCB
short circuit protection to motor loads due to the high kW hHp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD
starting currents which may be encountered; typically
0.12 0.166 0.65 2 2 1
3 - 12 times full load current (FLC).
0.18 0.25 0.7 2 2 1
Assumptions 0.25 0.33 0.87 4 2 1
The tables give recommended MCB 0.37 0.5 1.35 4 4 2
ratings for motors up to 37kW based on the following
0.55 0.75 1.55 4 4 2
assumptions:
0.75 1.0 1.93 6 4 4
■ Direct-on-line starting 1.1 1.5 2.5 6 6 4
starting current = 7 x FLC 1.5 2 3.5 10 10 6
run up time = 6seconds, motors <3kW
2.2 3 4.8 16 10 10
10 seconds, motors < 22kW
running currents = average values only (individual 3 4 6.4 20 20 10
manufacturer's figures will vary). four pole motors, 3.75 5 7.8 25 25 16
i.e. speed approx. 1500rpm 4 5.5 8.1 25 25 16
5.5 7.5 11 32 32 16
For higher inertia loads, i.e. hoists or fans, run up
times may be considerably longer than those 7.5 10 14.4 50 50 20
assumed above. The rating of the MCB must take 9.33 12.5 17.3 63 50 20
account of the greater run up time and starting 11 15 21 63 63 25
current. The required MCB rating can be determined
13 17.5 25 - - 32
by reference to time/current curves (consult us).
15 20 28 - - 40
■ Star/delta starting 18.5 25 35 - - 50
Since, during the changeover from star to delta, a 22 30 40 - - 50
high current surge in the order of DOL values may 30 40 54 - - 63
be met, the MCB rating selected should be the
same as that recommended for DOL starting 37 50 65.5 - - -
Table 2 - 1 phase 240Vac D.O.L. starting

kW Hp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD
0.12 0.166 0.95 4 2 1
0.18 0.25 1.5 4 4 2
0.25 0.33 1.7 6 4 2
0.37 0.5 3 10 6 4
0.55 0.75 4.5 16 10 6
0.75 1 5.5 16 16 10
1.1 1.5 8.5 25 25 16
1.5 2 10.5 32 32 20
2.2 3 15.5 40 40 25
3 4 20 63 63 32
3.75 5 24 - 63 40
5.5 7.5 34 - - 50
6.3 8.5 36.5 - - 63
7.5 10 45 - - 63
11 15 66.5 - - -
142

For use in conjunction with
motor starters and transformers
Transformers Table 3 - 3 phase transformers 415Vac supply
High inrush currents are also produced when VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD
transformers are switched on, typically 10 - 15 times full 500 0.7 4 2 1
load current. 750 1.04 6 4 2
1000 1.39 10 6 4
Assumptions 2000 2.78 16 10 6
The tables give recommended MCB ratings for single 5000 6.95 40 25 16
phase transformers up to 12500VA and three phase 10000 13.89 - 50 25
transformers up to 30000VA based on the following 15000 20.84 - 63 32
formula. 20000 27.78 - - 50
25000 34.73 - - 63
30000 41.67 - - 63
Table 4 - 1 phase transformers 240Vac supply

VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD
50 0.21 2 - -
100 0.42 4 2 1
250 1.04 6 4 2
500 2.08 16 10 4
1000 4.17 25 16 10
2500 10.42 63 32 16
5000 20.84 - 63 32
10000 41.66 - - 63
12500 52.08 - - -
I
Inrush currents
When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high
inrush currents are produced which must be taken
into account when choosing overcurrent protection 1st peak
devices. The peak value of the first current wave often
10 to 25 In
reaches 10 - 15 times the rated rms current of the
transformer and may reach values of 20 - 25 times
the rated current even for transformers rated less than
50kVA. This transient inrush current decays very
quickly (in a few milliseconds).
In
θ t
143
P25M circuit breakers

For motor protection
Choice of motor supply cable size Protection of the line supplying

When selecting the cable size the starting current of the motor and the permissible the motor
voltage drop must be taken into account. The cable must be capable of carrying a Every circuit and every motor must be protected
permanent service current at least equal to the sum of In + Is/3 where, against overloads and short circuits.
In = rated current,
Is = starting current (4 - 8 In) depending on the motor. Phase failure protection
The P25M protects each phase separately and
Voltage drop interrupts all three phases in the event of a loss of
The permissible voltage drop from the start of the installation to the motor in phase. Single phasing sensitivity is achieved by
question is 6% for public distribution systems. If the torque of the machine to be means of a differential trip which accelerates tripping
driven is low during starting it is only necessary to check the voltage drop for the should phase failure occur.
rated current of the motor. If the starting torque is high (grinding mills, goods lifts,
etc.) the voltage drop should be checked for the starting current.
P25M motor circuit breaker Time/current characteristics Auxiliaries:

This protects motors against overloads and short ■ Alarm switch.
circuits. P25M type circuit breaker has on each pole a ■ ON/OFF switch.
thermal release for protection against overloads and a 20
■ Shunt trip release or
magnetic release for protection against short circuits. 10
Minutes
5
undervoltage release
For high short circuit currents use the limiter block,
(emergency stop).
Ref. 21115. 2
Single phase connection
For ratings from 0.16A - 10A. 415V or from 0.16 - 18A, 1
40 N Ph Two poles of
240V; in this case the breaking capacity of the P25M
20 the apparatus
circuit breaker is unlimited. 1 3 5
must be
Seconds
10
connected in
5 series for the
Applications single phase
2
The P25M circuit breaker is particularly suitable for supply
1
protecting small machine tools and similar machines,
with local control.
200 2 4 6
Thermal release settings
Milliseconds
50
The thermal releases are supplied set to the bottom Emergency switch wiring
20
value of the setting range. Simultaneous setting of the L1 L2 L3 The early
thermal releases can be carried out by opening the closing of
cover and adjusting the dial on the front face of the 5 the auxiliary
P25M. It is recommended that the thermal releases be 2 contact is
1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 necessary to
set to the current that the motor absorbs in normal enable the
x rated current U
service and not to its rated current so as to provide closing of the
effective close protection. circuit breaker
equipped with an
undervoltage
Ambient temperature compensation release
Close protection against thermal overload is enhanced
by thermal releases which are ambient temperature
compensated over the range - 20°C - +60°C. During
overload conditions, tripping is delayed at lower
ambient temperatures, from - 20°C - +20°C, and is
accelerated at higher ambient temperatures, from 20°C
- +60°C.
Rating Settings Part No. Standard power ratings kW:

In (A) of 3-phase motors 50 - 60Hz AC-3 category
230 400 415 440 500 690
0.16 0.1 - 0.16 21100 - - - - - -
0.25 0.16 - 0.25 21101 - - - - - -
0.40 0.25 - 0.40 21102 - - - - - -
0.63 0.40 - 0.63 21103 - - - - - 0.37
1.0 0.63 - 1 21104 - - - 0.37 0.37 0.55
1.6 1 - 1.6 21105 - 0.37 - 0.55 0.75 1.1
2.5 1.6 - 2.5 21106 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5
4.0 2.5 - 4 21107 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 3
6.3 4 - 6.3 21108 1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 4
10 6 - 10 21109 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5
14 9 - 14 21110 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 11
18 13 - 18 21111 4 7.5 9 9 10 15
23 17 - 23 21112 5.5 9 11 11 11 18.5
25 20 - 25 21113 5.5 11 11 11 15 22
144
Types of RCD
Two families of RCD are offered in this catalogue

(1) Those without overcurrent protection (RCDs)
e.g. RMGs ime
(2) Those with overcurrent protection (RCBOs) (s)
e.g. C60H rcbo’s and DPN
Merlin Gerin
Miniature circuit breakers combined with a residual
300mA time delayed rcd
current device, this RCD/MCB combination can be
realised in the form of the C60H RCBO combined
000s
RCD/MCB or by combining a vigi module with an MCB.
All of these units can be used to protect individual Typical 100mA

circuits or as devices mounted within individual instantaneous rcd
enclosures. Individual out going circuits within type A
or type B MCB distribution boards can be protected by 100s
installing RCD/MCB combinations on that particular
outgoing way. Groups of circuits can be protected
Typical 30mA
within distribution boards by selection of either split
instantaneous rcd
load or dual incomer units with selected circuits
protected by RCD incoming devices. Complete
distribution systems can be given RCD protection by 10s
installing an RMG RCD in a separate enclosure ahead
of the distribution board or by using a distribution board
having an incoming rcd.
Unwanted tripping
1s
The principal reasons for unwanted tripping of RCDs
are lack of discrimination between rcd's (see following
paragraph) and transient earth leakage currents, which
have various causes such as lightning strikes,
switching surges (caused by switching inductive loads)
or switching capacitive loads (RF filter networks, 00ms
mineral insulated cables etc) All Merlin Gerin RCDs
and RCD/MCBs incorporate a filtering device which
minimises their response to transients, virtually
eliminating unwanted tripping.
Discrimination of RCDs 500A

100mA 300mA 600mA 1.5A 3A
Figure 3: characteristic of 231 16, 300mA time delayed
current (A)
RCD with 10, 30 and 100mA instantaneous devices
superimposed to show discrimination.
Wherever two or more rcd's are installed in series with (fig. 3)

one another, measures must be taken to ensure that IEC publication 479 "effects of currents passing through the human body"
they discriminate properly - in the event of an earth
TIME/CURRENT ZONES OF EFFECTS OF A.C. CURRENT (15 - 100HZ) ON PERSONS
fault, only the device next upstream should operate. WITH STANDARD RCD CHARACTERISTICS SUPERIMPOSED
a b c1 c2 c3 IEC 479
RCDs do not discriminate on rated residual operating 10000
current sensitivity alone. In other words, a 100mA 5000

device upstream of a 30mA device will not offer
inherent discrimination. 2000
To provide the necessary discrimination, RCDs can be 1000

time in milliseconds
provided with an inbuilt time delay mechanism, usually 500

50ms. This inbuilt time delay is sufficient to allow the 1 2 3 4
downstream device to open the circuit before the 200
upstream device starts to operate. Such an RCD must
100
be used as the incomer to a split load board
incorporating two RCDs. 50
20
10
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000
current in milliamperes (R.M.S.)
typical current
limits due to body resistance
10mA 30mA 100mA at 240V
Zone Physiological Effects

1 Usually no reaction effects
2 Usually no harmful physiological effects
3 Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of muscular contraction and difficulty of breathing reversible
disturbances of formation and conduction of impulses in the heart and transient cardiac arrest without ventricular
fibrillation increases with current magnitude and time
4 In addition to the effects of zone 3 probability of ventricular fibrillation increased up to 5% (Curve C2) up to 50%
(Curve C3) and above 50% beyond Curve C3 Increasing with magnitude and time. pathyphysiological effects such
as cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and heavy burns may occur.
145
Degrees of protection
Provided by enclosures
External influences Protection index

In many national and international standards, a large European standard EN60529 gives a protection code
number of external influences to which an electrical (IP) which characterises the ability of equipment to
installation can be subjected are indexed and coded: withstand the following external influences:
presence of water, presence of solid objects, risk of ■ Presence of solid bodies
impact, vibrations, presence of corrosive substances, ■ Presence of water
etc. These influences may be present with variable This code comprises two digits, depending on these
intensity depending on the conditions of installation: external influences. The protection index is assigned
The presence of water may be in the form of a few to the equipment following a series of tests laid down
drops or total immersion. in the respective standards.
Test according to EN60529
1st digit 2nd digit Example

Protection Protection IP 55
against solid bodies against liquids Protection against dust
(no harmful deposits)
no protection No protection
0 0
Protection against hosing
with water from all directions
1 ø 50mm Protection against 1 Protection against

solid bodies vertical drops of
greater than 50 mm water (condensation)
2 ø 12.5mm
Protection against 2 Protection against
solid bodies drops of water falling
greater than up to 15° from
12.5mm vertical
3 Protection against
3 Protection against
ø 2.5mm
solid bodies rainwater up to 60°
greater than 2.5 mm from vertical
4 4
Protection against Protection against
ø 1mm
solid bodies water projected from
greater than 1 mm all directions
5 5
Protection against protection against
dust hosing with water
(no harmful from all directions
deposits)
6 6
Protection against
Total protection swamping with water
against dust
7
Protection against
immersion
146
Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks

PRD/PF
Load considerations
■ The surge arrester’s level of protection (Up) depends on the installed equipment and the rated voltage of the
installation
■ Up must lie between
■ The full voltage of the permanent operating conditions (Uc)
■ The impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the equipment to be protected: Uc<Up<Uchoc
8/20 impulse withstand table for equipment to be protected

■ General standard: IEC 60364-4
Rated voltage Equipment sensitivity withstand (Uchoc)

of the installation
Three phase Reduced Normal High Very high
networks electronic circuit electrical household industrial industrial
devices: appliances: devices: devices:
televisions, alarms, HiFi, dishwashers, ovens motors, distribution
video recorders, refrigerators, cabinets, electric meters,
computers portable tools current sockets, telemeters
telecommunication transfos.
400/690/1000 2.5 kV 4 kV 6 kV 8 kV
230/440 V 1.5 kV 2.5 kV 4 kV 6 kV
shock wave shock wave shock wave shock wave
category I category II category III category IV
Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT

Uc value for common mode ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.732 Uo
(protection between live conductors and earth)
Uc value for differential mode ≥ 1.1 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo
(protection between phase and neutral)
Uo: Simple network voltage between phase and neutral.
Uc: Full voltage under permanent operating conditions.
Uc: Value as in the French standard: NF C 15100 section 534.
Placing several surge arresters in a cascading configuration
The incoming surge arrester (P1) is dimensioned to ■ If sensitive equipment is too far from the incoming
run off lightning currents at the source of the surge arrester (d ≥ 30 m figure 2):
installation, 2 cases are possible: ■ A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed
■ If there is a level of protection (Up) too high for near loads suffices, to lower the voltage and
the impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the make it compatible with the impulse withstand
installation's equipment: voltage of the equipment to be protected
■ A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed
near loads is sufficient, to lower the voltage and
make it compatible with the impulse withstand Example figure 2
voltage of the equipment to be protected d ≥30 m
P1
Example figure 1
E
P1
Up: Uchoc:
E
2 kV 1.5 kV
E
P1 P2
Up: Uchoc:
E
2 kV 1.5 kV
P1 P2 Up: E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand
1.2 kV of 1.5 kV
P1: Incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In
and Imax that are sufficient enough to face
E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand
lightning currents that may appear and with a
of 1.5 kV
level of protection of 1.5 kV. This level of 1.5 kV is
P1: incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and
acceptable in principle (even though there is no
Imax that are sufficient enough to face lightning
margin), but the distance d is too great
currents that may appear and with a level of
P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected
protection of 2.5 kV
with an adapted level of protection and which is
P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected
co-ordonated with P1
with an adapted level of protection and which is
co-ordonated with P1
147

PRD/PF
Site characteristics
■ If a lightning rod is planned or has already been installed on the building (or in
a 50 m radius):
■ Choose an incoming protection device with an Imax of 65 kA. lightning flash
density (Ng)
■ Mount a surge arrester Imax: 8 kA in a cascading configuration if:
■ The distance between the incoming surge arrester and loads is ≥30 m
■ The surge arrester's voltage Up is too high in regards to the sensitivity of the
load to be protected (Uchoc)
Up surge arrester < Uchoc switchgear
Installation without a lighting conductor

Residential
Geographical location Urban Rural
Lightning flash density (Ng) ≤ 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥ 1.6 ≤ 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥ 1.6
Imax (kA) incoming protection 15* 15 15 15 30 - 40 65
Imax (kA) secondary protection if: 8 8
Up too high and/or d ≥ 30 m
(*) recommended
Tertiary/industrial (1)
Continuity of supply of the Not necessary Partial Essential
operation
Consequence (financial) Low High Very high
of a lightning stroke on
equipment to be protected
Lightning flash density (Ng) ≤0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥1.6 ≤0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥1.6 ≤0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥1.6
Imax (kA) incoming protection 15 15 30 - 40 15 30 - 40 65 30 - 40 65 65
Imax (kA) secondary protection if: 8 8 8 8 8 8
Up too high and/or d ≥ 30 m
(1) since in the tertiary/industrial sector the cost of equipment to be protected is higher, damage due to lightning is more significant
Selection depending on the earthing system

Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT IT non-
distributed distributed
neutral neutral
Draw out surge arresters

PRD MC 1P
Uc = 275 V
MC 3P
Uc = 440 V 3P
MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N
Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N
Fixed surge arresters
PF 30 - 65 kA MC 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N
Uc = 440 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N
PF 8 - 15 kA MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N
Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N
PE MC 1P
(Uc = 440 V) 3x1P 3x1P
148

PRD/PF
Choosing a disconnection circuit breaker

Maximum lightning disconnection After having chosen the surge arrester(s) needed to
discharge current circuit breaker protect the installation, the appropriate disconnection
Rating Curve Range circuit breaker is to be chosen from the opposite
8-15-30-40 kA 20 A C - table:
65 kA 50 A C - ■ Its breaking capacity must be compatible with the
installation's breaking capacity
■ Each live conductor must be protected example:
a 1P+N surge arrester must be combined with a
2P disconnection circuit breaker
(2 protected poles)
Installation constraints
The 50 cm rule in the switchboard Co-ordinating 2 surge arresters (the 10 m rule)
Connections must be as short as possible. In the case of an exposed site and the presence of
Do not exceed a distance of 50 cm, to efficiently sensitive loads, it is recommended to co-ordinate
protect electrical loads. upstream and downstream protection in a cascading
configuration.
pe
▲ ty
layed ction
or de prote
dary
secon
n
tectio
d pro
er en
incom
d1
F
O-OF
T O-OF
F
OFF
F
O-OF
F F
O-OF O-OF
F
O-OF
2
d2 PRD
PRD L
N
L F
N O-OF
F MERLIN
O-OF i 9
F GERIN
mult
O-OF MERLIN 9
F GERIN i PRD
O-OF mult
F PRD r
GE IN O-OF C Neutral
R
MERLIN 9 F
O-OF
LIN GERIN multi
ME 9
R
multi PRD
C40r-275 (8/20)
PRD r Imax:40kA/20)
C Neutral In:15kA(8
Up:1,2kV
Uc:275V
1
PRD
L
N
d3 MERLIN
GERIN
mult
i 9
MERLIN
GERIN
mult
PRD
i 9
PRD r
C Neutral
m
+d3
≤ 50 c
+d2
d1
149
Contactors
CT
Inrush and holding power

Type Rating Consumption Maximum
(A) inrush holding power
(VA) (VA)
1P, 2P 16/25 15 3.8 1.3
3P, 4P 16/25 34 4.6 1.6
2P 40/63 34 4.6 1.6
3P, 4P 40/63 53 6.5 2.1
2P 100 53 6.5 2.1
4P 100 106 13 4.2
CT 2000 contactor applications
Choice of contactor Installation recommendations for

■ Heating circuits: (AC7a table 1) contactors - when sited in close proximity to
Table 1: maximum power (kW) controlled by a electronic equipment i.e. remote control switches,
contactor as a function of contactor rating and programmable timers etc.
service voltage. Example of use: electric 1. Install two contactor spacers between the
heating units, water heaters contactor and the electronic equipment.
■ Lighting circuits: (AC5, table 2 and 3) 2. Ensure contactor coil circuit and electronic
choice of contactor and maximum number of load equipment supply circuit are separated.
devices controlled as a function of the unit power 3. Where more than one DIN rail is available the
(W) of the load devices and the service voltage: contactor must be mounted on the upper rail and
incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps with the electronic equipment on the lower rail.
starter, (individual mounting), sodium vapour 4. Where only one DIN rail is available, the contactor
lamps must be mounted to the RHS of electronic
■ Utility motors (AC7b, table 4) maximum power equipment on horizontal rails and above electronic
(kW) controlled by a contactor as a function of equipment on vertical rails.
contactor rating and operating voltage. Typical
applications: small pumps, compressors and
machine tools Table 1: Heating Maximum power (kW)
for a given rating
Grouping of contactors Type of heating Contactor rating (A)
When contactors are mounted side by side on the (AC1 - AC7a 25 40 63 100
same DIN rail, a spacer must be fitted between every categories)
pair of contactors. Contactor bank spacer cat. ref. 400/415V heating
27062 enables contactors to be spaced 9mm apart to No. of ops per day 25 5.4 8.6 14 21.6
improve ventilation and prevent overheating. 50 5.4 8.6 14 21.6
75 4.6 7.4 12 18
Note: 100 4 6 9.5 14
For normal usage there is generally no requirement to 250 2.5 3.8 6 9
derate due to the high calibration temperature 500 1.7 2.7 4.5 6.8
employed. 230/240V heating
No. of ops per day 25 16 26 41 63
50 16 26 41 63
75 14 22 35 52
100 11 17 26 40
250 5 8 13 19
500 3.5 6 9 14
150
Contactors
CT
Table 2: Lighting Maximum number of Table 3: Sodium Maximum number of

lamps for a given rating lighting lamps for a given rating
230/240V Power Contactor rating (A) 230/240V Power Contactor rating (A)
(W) 16 25 40 63 100 (W) 16 25 40 63 100
Incandescent lamp with/without halogen gas Low pressure sodium (with compensation)
40 38 57 115 172 250 18 14 21 40 60 60
60 30 45 85 125 187 35 3 5 10 15 15
75 25 38 70 100 150 55 3 5 10 15 15
100 19 28 50 73 110 90 2 5 6 11 11
150 12 18 35 50 75 135 1 2 4 6 6
200 10 14 26 37 55 180 1 2 4 6 6
300 7 10 18 25 37 High pressure sodium (without compensation)
500 4 6 10 15 22 70 8 12 20 32 32
1000 2 3 6 8 12 150 4 7 13 18 18
12V halogen lamp (with ELV transformer) 250 2 4 8 11 11
20 15 23 42 63 94 400 1 3 5 8 8
50 10 15 27 42 63 1000 - 1 2 3 3
75 8 12 23 35 52 High pressure sodium (with compensation)
100 6 9 18 27 40 70 6 9 18 25 25
150 4 6 13 19 28 150 6 9 18 25 25
26mm fluorescent (single tube with parallel capacitor) 250 2 4 8 12 12
15 15 20 40 60 90 400 2 3 6 9 9
18 15 20 40 60 90 1000 1 2 4 6 6
20 15 20 40 60 90
36 15 20 40 60 90 To obtain the maximum number of lamps on three
40 15 20 40 60 90 phase four wire circuits, multiply the maximum
58 10 15 30 43 64 number of lights for single phase by three.
65 10 15 30 43 64
115 5 7 14 20 30 For three phase, three wire, the following formula
140 5 7 14 20 30 must be applied
26mm fluorescent tube (single tube without capacitor)
15 22 30 70 100 150 Single phase quantity X 3
18 22 30 70 100 150 1,732
20 22 30 70 100 150
36 20 28 60 90 135
40 20 28 60 90 135 Table 4: Utility Maximum power (kW)
58 13 17 35 56 84 motors for a given rating
65 13 17 35 56 84 Type of motor Contactor rating (A)
115 7 10 20 32 48 (AC7b category) 16 25 40 63 100
140 7 10 20 32 48 230/240V - 1.4 2.5 4 4
26mm fluorescent (twin tube with parallel capacitor) 400/415V - 4 7.5 15 15
2x18 30 46 80 123 180
2x20 30 46 80 123 180
2x36 17 25 43 67 100
2x40 17 25 43 67 100
2x58 10 16 27 42 63
2x65 10 16 27 42 63
2x118 6 10 16 25 37
2x140 6 10 16 25 37
26mm fluorescent (four tube with parallel capacitor)
4x18 15 23 46 69 100
Electronic ballast (1 x 26mm tube)
18 74 111 222 333 500
36 38 58 117 176 260
58 25 37 74 111 160
Electronic ballast (2 x 26mm tube)
2x18 36 55 111 166 250
2x36 20 30 60 90 135
2x58 12 19 38 57 85
Electronic compact
7 133 200 400 600 900
11 80 120 240 360 540
15 58 88 176 264 396
20 44 66 132 200 300
23 38 57 114 171 256
151
Time delay contactor auxiliary

ACTt
ACTt
■ 4 types of delay:
■ Type A time delay puts back loads energisation
■ Type B time delay energises a load for a given time, once the control contact
has closed (push button)
■ Type C time delay extends load energisation
■ Type H time delay energises a load for a given time, as log as the control
contact remains closed
■ Time delay range: 1s - 10h
■ Accuracy:+/- 0.5%
Type A Type B
The single time delay cycle begins on energisation The single time delay cycle begins when the control
and the load is energised at the end of time delay T contact is closed
L L
S
A1 1 A1 1
S U
(A1 A 2)
ACTt CT ACTt CT
0 0
BP
A2
B2
CT Y
1 CT
BP B 2
A2 2
1
Load t Load t
N T N T
Type C Type D
The single time delay cycle begins when the control The single time delay cycle begins on energisation.
contact is (pushbutton) is released, at the end of time the load is de-energised again at the end of time
delay T, the load is de-energised again delay T or when the control contact is released
L
L
A1 1
S
A1 1
U
ACTt CT (A1 A2) S
ACTt CT
0
BP 0
A2
A2
Y B2
1 CT CT
BP B 2
1 Load 2
t
N T Load t
N T
152
TL impulse relays
Practical advice
The table below indicates the maximum power rating

of a number of lamps that can be installed on impulse
relay controlled 240V single phase circuit.
For other voltages please consult us.
impulse relay
max power (W)
Impulse relay rating 16A 32A

Lighting
Incandescent Tungsten filament (240 V)
lighting 40 60 75 100 200 W
40 25 20 16 8 1600
106 66 53 42 21 4260
With halogen (240 V)
300 500 1000 1500 W
5 3 1 1 1500
13 8 4 2 4000
VLV halogen lighting (12 or 24 V with transformer)
20 50 75 100 W
70 28 19 14 1400
180 74 50 37 3700
Fluorescent Single with starter (non compensated)
lighting 18 36 58 W
70 35 21 1300
186 93 55 3400
Single with starter (compensated)
18 36 58W
50 25 16 930
133 66 42 2400
Double with series compensated starter
2x18 2x36 2x58W
56 28 17 2000
148 74 45 5300
Single HF ballast
16 32 50W
80 40 26 1300
212 106 69 3400
Double HF ballast
2x16 2x32 2x50W
40 20 13 1300
106 53 34 3400
Discharge Low pressure sodium vapour
lamps 55 90 135 180 W
24 15 10 7 1300
63 40 26 18 3400
High pressure sodium vapour or metal halide
250 400 1000 W
5 3 1 1300
13 8 3 3400
153
Lighting management MIN and PRE

Operation diagrams
MIN timer <2s <2s
■ Time delay of 1 - 7 min BP S
■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts

the timer
■ Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front
face UZ UZ
t t
MINe timer <2s <2s
■ Time delay of 3 or 20 min BP

the timer
UZ
3 min 20 min
MINs timer <2s <2s
■ Time delay of 30s - 8 min BP S

the timer
■ Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front
face UZ UZ
t 20 min
PRE switch off warning

■ Switch off warning (P) of 20 - 40 s 50% reduction
in luminous flux
50%
UZ
Key
S: Switch on front face
T: Time delay
P: Switch off warning
154
Movement detector
CE30
Function
The CE30 controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of
people and according to ambient brightness.
The CE30 controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the
ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold.
After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion
of a time delay that can be set beforehand.
Data
■ Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50 - 60Hz
■ Detection angle: 20°
■ Configuration of detection angle by cover cut out
■ Range: 30m
■ Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 5 - 300lux
■ Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off
of lighting: 40 seconds - 8 minutes
■ Output contact:
■ 10A cos Ø = 1
■ 5A cos Ø = 0.5
■ Incandescent lights: relays compulsory
■ Connection: 1.05mm2 spring tunnel type terminals
■ Consumption : < 1W
■ Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR
5 beams 1 beam
m
3
0 110˚ 20˚ 2.5 m

1
3
m
0 1 3 12 16 20 24 29 30 m 0 4 8 12 18 20 24 28 30m
L
N
L N
155
Movement detector
CDM
Function
The CDM controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of
people and according to ambient brightness.
The CDM controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the
ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold.
After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion
of a time delay that can be set beforehand.
Data
■ Power supply: 230 V -10% +6%, 50 - 60Hz
■ Detection angle: 0° - 180º
■ Configuration of detection angle by cover cut-out
■ Range; 0 - 12 m according to slope adjustment
■ Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 3 - 80 lux
■ Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off
of lighting: 4 seconds - 15 minutes
■ Lighting power
■ Incandescent lights: 1000 W max
■ Halogen lamps: 500 W max
■ Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory.
■ Connection: screw terminals up to 205 mm2
■ Consumption: 1.1 VA
■ Operating temperature: -25 to +50 º C
■ Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR
m
5
4
3
2
1
0 180˚ 2.5 m
1
2
3
4
5
m
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12m
L
N
L N
156
Presence detector
CDP
Function
The CDP controls switching on and off lighting according to the presence of a
person and ambient brightness.
It allows detection:
■ Of presence (zone A), the system detects the slightest motions,
■ Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements.
The CDP controls switching on if presence is detected and if ambient brightness is
less than the set threshold.
It controls switching off of lighting if the outside light becomes greater the the
threshold, even in the event of movement.
Data
■ Power supply: 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz
■ Detection angle: Horizontal 360º, vertical 180º
■ Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.2 - 3 m
■ Maximum range for recommended clearance:
■ 4m diameter presence detection zone (small motions)
■ 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements)
■ Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 20 - 1300 lux
■ Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of
lighting: 4 - 15 min
■ Lighting power
■ incandescent lights: 2000W max
■ LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max
■ Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5)
■ Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max ( cos Ø = 0.5)
■ Operating temperature: -25ºC to +55ºC
■ Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70ºC
■ Weight: 144g
■ Dimensions:
■ Diameter; 120mm
■ Height: 70mm
■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm
360
12 m 2m 1m 0 1m 2m 12 m
B A B
L
N
CDP
N L L
157
Presence detector
CDPt
Function
The CDpt reserved for installations with 1 - 10V control ballast, regulates lighting
intensity according to the presence of a person and ambient lighting.
It maintains ambient brightness at a level set by lighting variation.
The TDP remote control allows manual monitoring of lighting independently of
detector settings.
It allows detection
■ Of presence (zone A) the system detects the slightest motions
■ Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements
Data
■ Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50Hz
■ Detection angle:horizontal 360º, vertical 180º
■ Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.5 - 3m
■ Maximum range for recommended clearance:
■ 4m diameter motion detection zone (small motions)
■ 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements)
■ Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 100 - 1300 lux
■ Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of
lighting: 4 - 15 min
■ Lighting power(max. number of 1 - 10V ballasts)
■ 16 x (1 x 36W)
■ 12 x (1 x 58W)
■ 12 x (2 x 36W)
■ 8 x (2 x 58W)
■ Operating temperature: -15ºC to +55ºC
■ Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70 ºC
■ Weight: 144g
■ Dimensions:
■ Diameter: 120mm
■ Height: 70mm
■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm
■ Remote control (TDP)
■ Range: 4m
■ Power supply: 2 xLR03-1.5V batteries (not supplied)
360
12 m 2m 1m 0 1m 2m 12 m
B A B
L
N
1-10 V
CDPt
N L L
158
PM9 multimeter
Connection
Three phase network + neutral: 3 x 230/400V Three phase network: 3 x 400V

N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
230V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P1 S1 P1 S1
P2 S2 P1 P2 S2 P1
S1 S1
P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1
P2 S2 P2 S2
Three phase network: 3 x 230V Three phase network with or without neutral greater than 400V
L3
TT (VT)
L1 L2 L3
x 230V
L2
L1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P1 S1
P2 S2 P1
S1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P2 S2 P1 S1 L1
P2 S2
L2
L3
Caution ■ The measurements require use of voltage

■ Do not earth the CT secondary (S2) transformers (VT) with a 230V secondary
■ It is essential to comply with routing direction of
power cables in the current transformer primary.
P1 S1
The cables enter in P1 and leave in P2 in the
direction of the loads
P2 S2
■
■
Networks greater than 5A:
Measurements require use of current transformers
!
with a 5A secondary
159
PowerLogic:
4 wire connection with 3 CT’s and no VT
PM700
PM700
3 wire connection with 2 CT’s and 2 VT’s
PM700
PM700
160
TI current tranformers
Choosing a current transformer
Choosing a current transformer2 criteria exist for choosing a TI:

■ The Ip/5A ratio
■ The type of installation
The Ip/5A ratio:
It is recommended that a ratio immediately superior to the measured current (In) be
chosen. Ex: In = 1103 A; ratio chosen: 1250/5
Type of installation:
Which TI model to choose depends on the type of installation:
■ Insulated cables
■ Prisma vertical busbars
■ Insulated flexible busbars
■ Linergy vertical busbars
■ Rigid busbars
Important warning:
Never open the secondary circuit of a current transformer while the primary circuit
is energised. Before any kind of maintenance service on the secondary circuit,
the secondary terminals on the transformer must be short circuited.
Determining the accuracy class of a TI:

The accuracy class is a function of the transformer’s power and the consumption
of the the weighing system. The latter takes device and cable consumption into
account. For a given accuracy class, consumption of the weighing system must not
exceed the power on the TI transformer.
Primary copper Power in VA

cable cross section doubled meter at
in mm2 200C
1 1
1.5 0.685
2.5 0.41
4 0.254
6 0.169
10 0.0975
For each temperation variation of 100C, the power
absorbed by the cables rises by 4%
Merlin Gerin Consumption
device (VA)
Ammeter 72 x 72 0.75
Analogue ammeter 1.25
Ammeter Digipact IM100 0.5
Digital ammeter 0.3
PM measurement centre 0.25
CDS 0.25
RCI 0.5
CE tri 1
CEr tri 1
Varlogic regulator 0.7
Example
Consumption of a weighing system at 200C
CDS 0.25VA
Digital ammeter + 0.30VA
2 meters of doubled wire 2.5mm2 + 0.82VA
Weighing system consumption = 1.37VA
The accuracy class of the TI is deduced:

■ Class 3 for a TI with a ratio of 50/5
■ Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 100/5
■ Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 125/5
161
162
Dimensions Section eight
Type A distribution board 164
Type B distribution board 165
Heavy duty distribution board 166
Single phase type P&PS pan assembly 167
Three phase type P pan assembly 168
B series enclosure 169
Three phase type PS pan assembly 170
Three phase type E pan assembly 171
MCB and accessories 172 - 177
Local control devices 179
Remote control devices 180 - 181
Time management 182
Lighting management 183
Metering and measurement 184 - 187
Heating management 188
Mini Opale enclosures 189
G9 enclosures 189
Modular enclosures 189
Kaedra enclosures 190
Pragma C IP40 191
UT enclosures 192
Prisma GK enclosures 193
Pragma C IP55 enclosures 194
UP enclosures 195
163
Dimensions (mm)
A type distribution boards
Part No. A B
MGAN6 260 264
MGAN9, MGAN42SL 315 264
MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416/96MS 370 264
MGAN15, MGAN66/76DS, MGAN48/66DS,
MGAN520/716/912/1010/126MS, 450 264
MGAN23, MGAN1228MS (two row unit) 370 494
60 60
NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER
NEUTRAL CONNECTION ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY
BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL
COVER
18 ISOLATE SUPPLY
BEFORE REMOVAL
N L
31 3
A 25
96
3 3
Key hole slot dimensions
Datum
12
ø6.25
Ø32 Ø25 Ø20
ø13
A series enclosure
Part No. A B
MGAN16DE 260 264
MGAN22DE 315 264
MGAN28DE 370 264
MGAN34DE 450 264
MGAN56DE* 370 494
* 2 row enclosure
All other dimensions as A type distribution board
164
Dimensions (mm)
B type distribution boards
Part No. A B
MGBN4,MGBN6 484 386
MGBN8 538 440
MGBN12 700 602
MGAN16, MGAN18 808 710
MGAN24 970 872
165
Dimensions (mm)
Heavy duty distribution board (100A)
IP55 weatherproof
Part No. No. of Dimensions (mm)
outgoing ways Height Width Depth
MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 290*
MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 290*
MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 290*
MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 290*
* Denotes the maximum depth dimensions with key fitted.
ø12 ø7
10
10
575/ 700/
775 900 M8
max. max.
525
625
B board extension box enclosures
Part No. A
MGBNEXN 124
MGBNEX034N 140
MGBNKWH 124
MGBNEXA15N 140
MGBN100CCI 140
MGBNDSI 124
60 60
65
270
65
470 A
166
Dimensions (mm)
Single phase type P & PS
Reference A B C D E F G
MGAN6P/PS 196 182 145 70.12 70.12 - 18.5
MGAN9P/PS 250 236 199 70.12 36.01 70.12 27.5
MGAN12P/PS 304 290 253 70.12 108.01 70.12 18.5
MGAN15P/PS 358 344 307 97.12 108.01 97.12 18.5
A 62
B
23.5
NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER
NEUTRAL CONNECTION ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY
BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL
COVER
ISOLATE SUPPLY
BEFORE REMOVAL
N L 121.7
75
88
Front cover
C
28
X COVER CUTOUT 46
18.5
Fixing details
G
D E F
5.3
4.2
X
B
167
Dimensions (mm)
Three phase type E
Part No. A B
MGBN4E 325 346
MGBN6E 400 421
MGBN8E 450 471
MGBN12E 550 571
MGBN16E 650 671
MGBN18E 725 746
MGBN24E 875 896
87.00 21.60
Dimension A
350.00
250.00
87.00 Inside of cover

250A
152.00
125A
Incoming device cut-out centre
106.86
Dimension B
168
Dimensions (mm)
B series enclosures IP31
Part No. A
MGBN4SXS/SXP 484
MGBN8SXS/SXP 538
MGBN12SXS/SXP 700
MGBN16SXS/SXP 808
MGBN24SXS/SXP 970
45 380 45 140
45
45
450
Key hole slot dimensions
Datum
12
ø6.5
ø13
169
Dimensions (mm)
Three phase type PS
Reference Length Reference A B C D E F G

MGBN4PS 108.0 1 x 4 way MGBN4PS 99.58
MGBN6PS 162.0 1 x 6 way MGBN6PS 153.52
MGBN8PS 216.0 2 x 4 way MGBN8PS 99.52 108.0 99.52
MGBN12PS 324.0 2 x 6 way MGBN12PS 153.52 162.0 153.52
MGBN16PS 432.0 2 x 6 way + 1 x 4 way MGBN16PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 99.52
MGBN18PS 486.0 3 x 6 way MGBN18PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52
MGBN24PS 648.0 4 x 6 way MGBN24PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 486.0 153.52
204.2 78.8 6.5 183.70 Fixing holes

for M4 screws
Length
G
E
4 Way Assembly
F
C
A
Length
D
B
A
13.00
89.76
170.70 13.00
6 Way Assembly
170
Dimensions (mm)
Three phase type EV
Part No. A B
MGBN4EV 325 346
MGBN6EV 400 421
MGBN8EV 450 471
MGBN12EV 550 571
MGBN16EV 650 671
MGBN18EV 725 746
MGBN24EV 875 896
87.00 21.60
Dimension A
350.00
250.00
87.00 Inside of cover

250A
152.00
125A
Incoming device cut-out centre
106.86
Dimension B
171
Dimensions (mm)
C60/RMG/MGV/DPN/DPN+Vigi
A
B E
G
45
Part N . o
Description Width A B B B B D E F G
in 18mm 1P 2P 3P 4P
SP ways
C60+any code Miniature circuit breakers 1,2,3,4 70 18 36 54 72 60 44 76 81
RMG+any code Residual current devices 2,4 69 36 72 60 44 76 81
MGV+any code Vigi rcd for C60H MCBs 70 36 72 60 44 75 81
DPN 1Ph+N MCB 1 70 18 60 44 75 81
DPN+Vigi 1Ph+N RCBO 2 36 60 44 75 81
OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries for C60H, C60H RCBOs
TM C60 auxiliaries
C60 RCBO
172
Dimensions (mm)
C120 and Vigi circuit breakers
Vigi Tm C120 auxiliaries
OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries
Terminal shield Screw shield Inter-pole barriers Plug in base
173
Dimensions (mm)
TMC60 auxiliaries and C60H RCBO
TM C60 auxiliaries
C60H RCBO
174
Dimensions (mm)
P25M circuit breakers
Vigi circuit breakers
P25M circuit breaker OF, MX, MN auxiliaries Limiter block
Insulated enclosure
Vigi circuit breakers

DPN and DPN N circuit breakers DPN vigi and DPN n vigi circuit breakers
175
Dimensions (mm)
NG125 circuit breakers Screw shield
Rotary handle Terminal shield

80mm Min.
300m Max. 75
75
Distribloc MN, MX, OF and SD
176
Dimensions (mm)
NG125 Vigi
NG125 Vigi circuit breakers
Screw shield
177
Dimensions (mm)
Local control
20 and 32A 40 - 125A
NO, NF auxiliaries
Bell and safety transformers SO bell and RO buzzer
15213, 15216 15212, 15218, 15219, 15220, 15222 15320, 15321, 15322, 15323
V indicator lights BP pushbuttons CM selector switches

10
178
Dimensions (mm)
Local control
PF8, PF30 and PF30r
PF65r
PRD
XB device holder
179
Dimensions (mm)
Remote control
16/25A contactors
40/63A contactors
100A contactors
CT contactors with manual operating mechanism

16/25A contactors
3P 4P
40/63A contactors
180
Dimensions (mm)
Remote control
Add-on auxiliaries
ACTo+f, ACTt and ACTp
Relays and extensions

RLI changeover relay RBN low level relay
ERL extension
Impulse relays Impulse relays

TL and ETL extensions ATLc+s add-on auxiliaries
RT, etc. time delay relays
181
Dimensions (mm)
Time management
Time switches
IH time switch 24 hours IH time switch 60 min, 24h, 24h+7d, 7d
IHP programmable time switches

15720, 15721, 15722, 15723
ITM multifunction time switch
182
Dimensions (mm)
Lighting management
Timer and switch off warning

MIN timers 15231, 15232, 15363 and PRE timer 15233
IC light sensitive switches

IC200, IC2000 and IC2000P
IC200 IC2000 IC2000P
Front face and wall mounted cells
CDM and CE30 movement detection control switches

CE
CDP, CDPt and TDP CDM
CDP, CDPt TDP
183
Dimensions (mm)
CE and CEr kilowatt hour meters CI/CH counters

53
90
ME3, ME4 watt hour meters ME1 watt hour meters
Digital VLT and AMP Analogue VLT and AMP
CMA and CMV CME
PM9 multimeter
184
PowerLogic:
Front panel mounting
185
PowerLogic:
Series PM700 dimensions
186
Dimensions (mm)
16500 - 16506 and 16541 - 16456 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465
16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474
16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 16537 - 16538 16548 - 16549
16540 - 16544 16545 - 16547
187
Dimensions (mm)
Heating management
TH thermostats
TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat
Ambient temp probe (15846) Outdoor temp probe (15847)
17
61
59
53 25 44 29
188
Dimensions (mm)
Enclosures, Mini Opale, G9
Mini Opale enclosures Part No. H W D A B E

13392 130 44 57 36 65 11
13394 130 80 57 72 65 11
13396 160 119 65 108 80 19
B 13398 160 155 65 151 80 19
H
44
A B E
W D
G9 enclosures
122.5 101 Part No. A
A 63 14599 72
20 50.5 50.5
14603 99
27.5
77
46 200
46 210
77
27.5
25 50 25
20 63
32.5 36 32.5
5
14599/14603 99560
189
Dimensions (mm)
Weatherproof Kaedra IP65
Front view Side view Position of DIN rail

47.5
43.5 41.5
200
35.5
39.3
70
3.5 ø22.8
L
111.5
18.5
Wall mounting
4 modules 8 and 12 modules
Number of A L
modules
4 - 123
8 88 195
12 160 267
140 140
30 30
= =
= = = =
A
190
Dimensions (mm)
Pragma C IP40 enclosures
275 270
105
234 135
216 150
42
70 70
65
136
125
46
H 65 A
125
118
43
25
115
230
275
24
136
47.5
72
252
53.5
752 78
59.5
84
125 35 35 35 35 35 65.5
90
32
25
125 20
16
250
65
Number of ranges A H
1 10901/10911 105 250
2 10902/10912 230 375
3 10903/10913 455 500
4 10904/10914 610 752
191
Dimensions (mm)
UT enclosures IP54
N1
45
13 P1
9 24
G P 24 Q1
12 P2
36
F P3
42 25
C
15
L 100
25
25 25
I 45
25 N2
D
M3
ø10
100
H
B Q2
Q
J
M
N3
A
45
45 N 45
ø9 Q3
Encl. Weight Ext. dimensions (mm) Internal area Useable area on Cable space Wall fixings Chassis
ref. (kg) door * 2 Gland plates fixings
H W D A B C D F G I J K M N Q
04583 3 300 250 150 205 255 150 240 180 62 200 250 308 358 175 235
04584 6.5 400 300 200 255 355 200 340 216 62 250 350 358 458 225 325
04585 9.5 500 400 200 355 455 300 440 315 120 350 450 458 558 325 425
04586 10 600 400 200 355 555 300 540 315 120 350 550 458 658 325 525
04587 15 700 500 200 455 655 400 640 315 120 450 650 558 758 425 625
04588 20 800 600 250 555 755 500 740 315 120 550 750 658 858 525 725
04590 35 1000 800 250 755 955 700 940 315* 120* 750 950 858 1058 725 925
Encl. Available depth Chassis and mounting plates

ref.
P1 P2 P3 N1 Q1 N2 Q2 N3 Q3
04583 104 95 89 194 229 200 250
04584 164 155 149 235 340 254 334 250 350
04585 164 155 149 335 440 344 442 350 450
04586 164 155 149 335 540 344 547 350 550
04587 164 155 149 435 640 434 647 450 650
04588 224 215 179 535 740 534 747 550 750
04590 224 215 179 735 940 734 937 750 950
192
Dimensions (mm)
Prisma GK IP55
Enclosure
Number of modules H1 A B
7 425 375 475
11 625 575 675
15 825 775 875
19 1025 975 1075
23 1225 1175 1275
27 1425 1375 1475
33 1725 1675 1775
25
25 25
H1
M8 ø12
M6
A B
25
450
25
575
525
650
230
260
30
570
600
Doors
Number of modules C D E H
7 420 - 284 450
11 620 200 484 650
15 820 400 684 850
19 1020 600 884 1050
23 1220 800 1084 1250
68 27 1420 - 1284 1450
33 1720 - 1584 1750
68
E C H =
D
E C H
=
68
60 420
210 68 320/570
55
95 420 600
60
320/570 7 modules
600
11 - 23 modules
193
Dimensions (mm)
Pragma C IP55 enclosures
285
127.5
2.1 216
47
148.5
H
125
ø30
46
26
285
230 Number of ranges A H

1 10941 150 279
70 2 10942 275 404
148.5
3 10943 400 529
4 10944 525 654
20
125
A
35 3 x 29
8 x ø23
62.5
4 x ø29
59.5 167
Adjustable DIN rail height within the enclosure
39 39
X2
X1 47.5
72
X1 = 47.5
X2 = 71.5
194
Dimensions (mm)
UP IP66 enclosures
Part No. H L P J K A I F G C
02504/02514 400 300 200 375 150 325 225 380 260 137
02505/02515 500 400 200 475 250 425 325 480 360 112
02506/02516 600 400 250 575 250 525 325 580 360 170
02507/02517 700 500 300 675 350 625 425 680 460 145
02508/02518 800 600 300 775 450 725 525 780 560 195
ø8
M8
A F H J
I
G
L P
195
196
Schneider Electric Overview Section nine
197
Schneider Electric
An overview
Schneider Electrics expertise is founded on its

three international brands – Merlin Gerin, Square D
and Telemecanique.
With over 100 years experience in the electrical industry,
Schneider Electric has established itself as a world and UK leader
in the supply and manufacture of products for the distribution,
monitoring and control of electrical power.
Schneider Electric regards its customers as commercial partners,

who, like us, demand the highest standards of excellence in terms
of products, projects and services.
Schneider Electric is proud to provide the solutions to meet their

needs.
Schneider Electric operates the largest, dedicated sales force in the UK

electrical industry.
Sales engineers have specialist expertise and an understanding of the customer needs
within each of the following market sectors:
■ Building systems and solutions
■ Industrial systems and solutions
■ Energy and infrastructure systems and

solutions
198
Schneider Electric
An overview
Building systems and solutions
The real reason for putting technology into
buildings is to simplify tasks, enhance safety and
improve the quality of life.
Schneider Electric knows this and has created attractive,
functional products for the residential building sector. Well being
comfort and entertainment are key concepts in this area.
The same objectives apply to commercial buildings such as

offices, hotels, shopping centres, hospitals, schools and care
facilities for the elderly.
Schneider Electric offer a wide range of solutions in the area of

building management services and uses its expertise in all of
these buildings to protect people and equipment.
Schneider Electric means greater comfort, lower operating costs and enhanced safety.
Related industries Principal customers in the construction market
■ Retail ■ Contracting authorities
■ Education ■ Main contractors
■ Health ■ Building engineers
■ Entertainment centres
■ Offices
■ Warehouses
■ Agriculture
■ Factory
■ Private residential
■ Public residential
199
Schneider Electric
An overview
Industrial systems and solutions
Schneider Electric focus on performance in all areas of industry.
Our products and services adapt to each specific business and environment, from
discrete manufacturing and production lines to continuous processes in a wide variety of
industries such as:
■ Automotive
■ Food and beverage
■ Pharmaceuticals
■ Construction materials
■ Waste management
Across a wide range of applications including:

■ Conveyors
■ Packaging
■ Materials handling
■ Hoisting
200
Schneider Electric
An overview
Energy infrastructure systems and solutions
Schneider Electric is involved in the entire electrical distribution chain
from power plants to end users. Customer demand for complete
availability, uncompromising quality and absolute safety has made the
search for excellence our key mission.
Today, electrical substation and network protection, monitoring and control are highly
effective in reducing outage time.
Proven technologies offer a wide range of simple, efficient and flexible solutions for
optimised, step by step investments.
Infrastructure
Schneider Electric is involved in developing infrastructure and
transportation systems around the world. In areas where no
failures can be tolerated, such as road and rail equipment,
harbour installations and airports, Schneider Electric provides
solutions in electrical distribution, control and monitoring,
automation and supervision.
Key markets
■ Electricity distribution
■ Water
■ Rail
■ Airports
■ Seaports
■ Defence Principal customers in the electric power market
■ Power suppliers involved in generation and distribution

■ Gas
■ Utility companies
■ Telecommunications
■ Major contractors
■ Road
■ Large end user sites
■ Government departments
201
Schneider Electric
An overview
Projects & Services - delivering tailored solutions for your business
We provide solutions enabling you to reduce the total
cost and lifetime ownership risk of your electrical
distribution and automation systems, whilst fulfiling your
ongoing quality, safety and environmental obligations.
Choice of services
Our services aim to add value to each project phase, but
the choice of services you use is entirely yours. You may
want a full set of services that together provide a package
of support covering the entire lifecycle of your project, or
you can select a combination of services to complement
lt
n s u at i o
your resources or knowledge.
If you are not sure of what you need, our consultation
co
n
services will help you to define the parameters of your
solution.
g
tr ainin
Consultation desi
These services provide you with an assured way to road
gn
map your project. We take your ideas and requirements
and apply our wide range of application experience and
s & Se
technical competence to produce conceptual designs and ct
rv
Proj e
indicative costings.
ic es
mo
de
entat ion
rnisation
Design
Using the analysis from the consultation phase, or
information that you may provide, the design phase selects em
l
i mp
the most suitable equipment and provides detailed
drawings and technical specifications.
Implementation
This is often the most time-pressured stage of a project
ope
when schedules demand fast implementation and ration
commissioning. These services provide high quality
installation and commissioning, preceded by thorough
preparation.
Operation
Efficient operation is vital to derive the best value from your
investment. These services ensure that installations achieve
the highest operational efficiency and are cost effectively
maintained with minimum downtime.
Modernisation
Faulty or ageing equipment can be refurbished and
repaired if this is the most cost effective action.
Training
A wide range of training services are available including
product standards and legislation. Each is regularly
updated to stay current with the latest technology. Training
can be delivered at a Schneider Electric training facility, or
at a customer’s own site.
202
Comprehensive quick reference index Section ten
Note
For items without a page number please see MGD5336*
This contains information on MCCB connection systems
15 - 2000A. Please visit www.schneider.co.uk to download
the relevant information.
*This reference will change after October 2005 to MGLV5751
203
Index
By part number
Part Description Page No. Part Description Page No.
BP 5 blanking plates 11,18 C60HC302 3P 2A mcb type C 22

C60HB101 1P 1A mcb type B 22 C60HC304 3P 4A mcb type C 22
C60HB120 1P 20A mcb type B 22 C60HC32R100 RCBO 32A 100mA Type C 24
C60HB132 1P 32A mcb type B 22 C60HC32RA30 RCBO 32A 30mA Class A Type C 24
C60HB206 2P 6A mcb type B 22 C60HC45RA30 RCBO 45A 30mA Class A Type C 24
C60HB220 2P 20A mcb type B 22 C60HD101 1P 1A mcb type D 22
C60HB225 2P 25A mcb type B 22 C60HD102 1P 2A mcb type C 22
C60HB325 3P 25A mcb type B 22 C60HD202 2P 2A MCB 22
C60HC101 1P 1A mcb type C 22 C60HD320 3P 20A MCB 22
C60HC10R100 RCBO 10A 100MA Type C 24 C60HD350 3P 50A MCB 22
C60HC10R30 RCBO 10A 30MA Type C 24 C60HD363 3P 63A MCB 22
C60HC10RA30 RCBO 10A 30mA Class A Type C 24 MBBN24C Door and cover for MGB24N 20
C60HC110 1P 10A mcb type C 22 MG125SPEV 125A single phasing kit 19
C60HC116 1P 16A mcb type C 22 MG12EE 12 way extra earth bar 16
C60HC120 1P 20A mcb type C 22 MG16C14 Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard
C60HC125 1P 25A mcb type C 22 MG16C14T Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard- top entry
C60HC132 1P 32A mcb type C 22 MG16CEM4 Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W
C60HC140 1P 40A mcb type C 22 MG16CEX4 Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W with metering facility
C60HC16R100 RCBO 16A 100MA TypeC 24 MG250SPEV 250A single phasing kit 19
C60HC16R30 RCBO 16A 30MA Type C 24 MG25C2 Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways
C60HC16RA30 RCBO 16A 30mA Class A Type C 24 MG25C2M Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways with metering facility
C60HC201 2P 1A mcb type C 22 MG25C4 Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways
C60HC202 2P 2A mcb type C 22 MG25C4M Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways with metering facility
C60HC204 2P 4A mcb type C 22 MG25EXC Panelboard extension box for MG25P2
C60HC206 2P 6A mcb type C 22 MG25FCC2 Powerpact 4 door & cover 9 way
C60HC20R100 RCBO 20A 100MA Type C 24 MG25FCC4 Powerpact 4 door & cover 13 way
C60HC20R30 RCBO 20A 30MA Type C 24 MG2C13 Panelboard 250A 13 way
C60HC20RA30 RCBO 20A 30mA Class A Type C 24 MG2C250FS Powerpact 4 fuse incomer for 250A
C60HC210 2P 10A mcb type C 22 MG2C5 Panelboard 250A 5 way
C60HC250 2P 50A mcb type C 22 MG64M Powerpact 4 400A metering kit
C60HC263 2P 63A mcb type C 22 MG66M Powerpact 4 630A metering kit
C60HC301 3P 1A mcb type C 22 MG6C12 Panelboard 630A 36 SP ways
204
Index
By part number
MG6C18 Panelboard 630A 54 SP ways MGBN12PE pan ass 12 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115
MG6C6 Panelboard 630A 18 SP ways MGBN12PS pan ass 12 way TP&N black sliders 114
MG6CEX Panelboard top/bott 200mm extension MGBN12SXP 51 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125
MG6FCC12 Cover 630A 36 way panelboard MGBN12SXS 51 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125
MG6FCC18 Cover 630A 54 way panelboard MGBN16 16 way TP Distribution Board 12
MG6FCC6 Cover 630A 18 way panelboard MGBN16C Door and cover for MGB16N 20
MG6PAC12 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 36 SP ways MGBN16E pan ass 16 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115
MG6PAC18 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 54 SP ways MGBN16HDGK 16 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13
MG6PAC24 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 72 SP ways MGBN16P B board replacement pan ass 16 way 20
MG6PAC30 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 90 SP ways MGBN16PE pan ass 16 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115
MG6PAC6 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 18 SP ways MGBN16PS pan ass 16 way TP&N black sliders 114
MG6PACN Incoming pan assembly 630A MGBN16SXP 68 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125
MG6PAFC12 Cover 630/800A 36 way pan assembly MGBN16SXS 68 way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125
MG6PAFC18 Cover 630/800A 54 way pan assembly MGBN18 18 way TP&N metal distribution board 12
MG6PAFC6 Cover 630/800A 18 way pan assembly MGBN18C Door and cover for MGB18N 20
MG6PANKIT 18 way neutral bar kit 630A MGBN18E pan ass 18 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115
MG72EE 72 way extra earth bar 12,19 MGBN18P B board replacement pan ass 18 way 20
MG88M Powerpact 4 800A metering kit MGBN18PS pan ass 18 way TP&N black sliders 114
MG8C12 Panelboard 800A 12 way MGBN24 24 way TP Distribution Board 12
MG8C12T Panelboard 800A 12 way top entry MGBN24E pan ass 24 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115
MG8C18 Panelboard 800A 18 way MGBN24P B board replacement pan ass 24 way 20
MG8C18T Panelboard 800A 18 way top entry MGBN24PE pan ass 24 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115
MG8C6 Panelboard 800A 6 way MGBN24PS pan ass 24 way TP&N black sliders 114
MG8C6T Panelboard 800A 6 way top entry MGBN24SXP 85 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125
MG8FCC12 Cover for 800A 36 way panelboard MGBN24SXS 85 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125
MG8FCC18 Cover for 800A 54 way panelboard MGBN4 4 way TP Distribution Board 12
MG8FCC6 Cover for 800A 18 way panelboard MGBN4C Door and cover for MGB4N 20
MG8PAC12 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 36 SP ways MGBN4E pan ass 4 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115
MG8PAC18 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 54 SP ways MGBN4P B board replacement pan ass 4 way 20
MG8PAC24 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 72 SP ways MGBN4PS pan ass 4 way TP&N black sliders 114
MG8PAC30 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 90 SP ways MGBN4SXP 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125
MG8PAC6 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 18 SP ways MGBN4SXS 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125
MG8PACN3 Incoming pan assembly NS800 3P MGBN6 6 way TP Distribution Board 12
MG8PACN4 Incoming pan assembly NS800 4P MGBN6C Doo and cover for MGB6N 20
MG8PANKIT 18 way neutral bar kit 800A MGBN6E pan ass 6 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115
MGACE Clean earth kit A 11 MGBN6HDGK 6 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13
MGALK M4 & M6 Allen key kit 11 MGBN6P B board replacement pan ass 6 way 20
MGAN1010MS 10 way + 5 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBN6PE pan ass 6 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115
MGAN12 12 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGBN6PS pan ass 6 way TP&N black sliders 114
MGAN1228MS 12 way+14 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBN8 8 way TP Distribution Board 12
MGAN126MS 12 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBN8C Door and cover for MGB8N 20
MGAN12C Door and cover for MGA12N 20 MGBN8E pan ass 8 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115
MGAN12FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGBN8HDGK 8 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13
MGAN12P A board replacement pan ass 12 way 20 MGBN8P B board replacement pan ass 8 way 20
MGAN12PS pan ass 12 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGBN8PE pan ass 8 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115
MGAN15 15 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGBN8PS pan ass 8 way TP&N black sliders 114
MGAN15C Door and cover for MGA15N 20 MGBN8SXP 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125
MGAN15FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGBN8SXS 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125
MGAN15P A board replacement pan ass 15 way 20 MGBNBCE25 Spare earth/clean earth B boards 19
MGAN15PS pan ass 15 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGBNBCE7 Spare earth/clean earth B boards 19
MGAN23 23 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGBNEX034N 34 way mod extension box 17
MGAN23C Door and cover for MGA23N 20 MGBNEXA15N 15 way SP&N extension box 17
MGAN24FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGBNEXN Type B board extension box + plain cover 17
MGAN416MS 4 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBNGPN Isobar 4 B board top/bottom gland plate 18
MGAN46DS 4 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 MGBNKWH Kilowatt Hour Metering kit for MG B 17
MGAN46SL 4+6 way SP&N split load dist. board 8 MGBNSJK Side joining kit 12,19
MGAN48SL 4+8 way SP&N split load dist. board 8 MGBNTJKN Joining kit B board top/bottom 12,19
MGAN520MS 5 way + 10 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBNWL B board self labels 18
MGAN6 6 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGE0632C Enclosed MCCB 63A 2P
MGAN66DS 6 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 MGE0633C Enclosed MCCB 63A 3P
MGAN66SL 6+6 way SP&N split load dist. board 8 MGE0634C Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P
MGAN6C Door and cover for MGA6N 20 MGE0634EC Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P + earth fault
MGAN6FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGE1002C Enclosed MCCB 100A 2P
MGAN6P A board replacement pan ass 6 way 20 MGE1003C Enclosed MCCB 100A 3P
MGAN6PS pan ass 6 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGE1003SC Enclosed switch disconnector 100A 3P
MGAN716MS 7 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGE1004C Enclosed MCCB 100A 4P
MGAN76DS 7 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 MGE1004EC Enc MCCB 100A 4P + earth fault
MGAN9 9 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGE1004SC Enc switch disconnector 100A 4P
MGAN912MS 9 way + 6 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGE1004SEC Enclosed switch 100A 4P + earth fault
MGAN96MS 9 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGE1252C Enclosed MCCB 125A 2P
MGAN9C Door and cover for MGA9N 20 MGE1253C Enclosed MCCB 125A 3P
MGAN9FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGE1254C Enclosed MCCB 125A 4P
MGAN9P A board replacement pan ass 9 way 20 MGE1254EC Enclosed switch 125A 4P + earth fault
MGAN9PS pan ass 9 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGE1602C Enclosed MCCB 160A 2P
MGANWL A board spare labels 11 MGE1603C Enclosed MCCB 160A 3P
MGBGPEXN Gland plate for Isobar 4 extension box 18 MGE1603SC Enclosed switch 160A 3P
MGBL Key lock for new Isobar door catch 11,15,18,124 MGE1604C Enclosed MCCB 160A 4P
MGBN100CCI Isobar 4 contactor incomer kit 17 MGE1604EC Enc MCCB 160A 4P + earth fault
MGBN12 12 way TP Distribution Board 12 MGE1604SC Enclosed switch 160A 4P
MGBN12C Doo and cover for MGB12N 20 MGE1604SEC Enclosed switch 160A 4P + earth fault
MGBN12E pan ass 12 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MGE2003C Enclosed MCCB 200A 3P
MGBN12HDGK 12 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13 MGE2004C Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P
MGBN12P B board replacement pan ass 12 way 20 MGE2004EC Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P + earth fault
205
Index
By part number
MGE2503C Enclosed MCCB 250A 3P MGFS3153C Fuse switch disconnector 315A TP&N
MGE2503SC Enclosed switch 250A 3P MGFS4003C Fuse switch disconnector 400A TP&N
MGE2504C Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P MGFS5003C Fuse switch disconnector 500A TP&N
MGE2504EC Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P + earth fault MGFS6303C Fuse switch disconnector 630A TP&N
MGE2504SC Enclosed switch 250A 4P MGFX100C Cable box 100A
MGE2504SEC Enclosed switch 250A 4P + earth fault MGFX160C Cable box 160A
MGE4003C Enclosed MCCB 400A 3P MGFX250C Cable box 250A
MGE4003SC Enclosed switch 400A 3P MGFX500C Cable box 315/400/500A
MGE4004C Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P MGFX630C Cable box 630A
MGE4004EC Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P + earth fault MGFZ160 Fuse switch connection kit 100, 160A
MGE4004SC Enclosed switch 400A 4P MGFZ250 Fuse switch connection kit 250A
MGE4004SEC Enclosed switch 400A 4P + earth fault MGFZ630 Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A bottom
MGE6303C Enclosed MCCB 630A 3P MGFZ630T Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A top
MGE6303SC Enclosed switch 630A 3P MGI1252 125A 2P switch disconnector 10
MGE6304C Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P MGI1253N 125A 3P switch disconnector 14
MGE6304EC Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P + earth fault MGI1254 125A 4P switch disconnector 14
MGE6304SC Enclosed switch 630A 4P MGK33 2 keys for distribution board & panelboard 18
MGE6304SEC Enclosed switch 630A 4P + earth fault MGLA Locking attachment 28
MGES063 Enclosed Interpact 63A MGLAP Padlock for MGLA 28
MGES063R Enclosed Interpact 63A red/yellow handle MGN16DE 16 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124
MGES100 Enclosed Interpact 100A MGN22DE 22 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124
MGES160 Enclosed Interpact 160A MGN34DE 34 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124
MGES250 Enclosed Interpact 250A MGNA12 Distributed neutral kit 11
MGES250R Enclosed Interpact 250A red/yellow handle MGNA15 Distributed neutral kit 11
MGES500R Enclosed Interpact 500A red/yellow handle MGNB12 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGES630 Enclosed Interpact 630A MGNB16 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGES630R Enclosed Interpact 630A red/yellow handle MGNB18 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGEX160C Safepact extension 100mm 63 - 250A MGNB24 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGEX250C Safepact extension 200mm 63 - 250A MGNB4 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGEX630C Safepact extension 200mm 630A MGNB6 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGFA0201C Switch disconnector fuse 20A SP&SwN MGNB8 Distributed neutral kit 19
MGFA0203C Switch disconnector fuse 20A TP&N MGNCB1004 100A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15
MGFA0321C Switch disconnector fuse 32A SP&SwN MGNCB1604 160A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15
MGFA0323C Switch disconnector fuse 32A TP&N MGNCB2004 200A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15
MGFA0631C Switch disconnector fuse 63A SP&SwN MGNCB2504 250A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15
MGFA0633C Switch disconnector fuse 63A TP&N MGNDSI Dual incoming unit for B board 15
MGFA1001C Switch disconnector fuse 100A SP&SwN MGNI1603 160A 3P+N switch disconnector incomer 14
MGFA1003C Switch disconnector fuse 100A TP&N MGNI1604 160A 4P switch disconnector 14
MGFB20007C Busbar chamber 200A 750mm MGNI160RCCB 160A switch disconnector + earth fault 14
MGFB20012C Busbar chamber 200A 1200mm MGNI2003 200A 3P switch disconnector 14
MGFB63007C Busbar chamber 630A 750mm MGNPBN250TB 250A terminal block w/o extension box X
MGFB63012C Busbar chamber 630A 1200mm MGP0161 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 1P
MGFB63018C Busbar chamber 630A 1800mm MGP0162 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 2P
MGFC200 Busbar cable connection kit 200A MGP0163 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 3P
MGFD1003C Switch disconnector 100A TP&N MGP0252 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 2P
MGFD6303C Switch disconnector# 630A TP&N MGP0323 Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 3P
MGFK200 Busbar interconnection kit 200A MGP0324 Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 4P
MGFL0201C Switch disconnector 20A SP&SwN MGP0403 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 3P
MGFL0203C Switch disconnector 20A TP&N MGP0404 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 4P
MGFQ100 Set of 3 copper links 100A MGP0803 Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 3P
MGFS1003C Fuse switch disconnector 100A TP&N MGP1003NA Powerpact 4 100A 3P switch disconnector
MGFS1603C Fuse switch disconnector 160A TP&N MGP1004 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P
MGFS2003C Fuse switch disconnector 200A TP&N MGP1004NA Powerpact 4 100A 4P switch disconnector
MGFS2503C Fuse switch disconnector 250A TP&N MGP1013 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P
206
Index
By part number
MGP1014 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P MGTB2504 250A 4P terminal block 15

MGP1251 Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 1P MGV250102 25A 10MA 2P Vigi 23
MGP1603 Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 3P MSIS95AN 250A Incoming components for MG pan assembley 115
MGP1603NA Powerpact 4 160A 3P switch disconnector NKIT Pack of 4 neutral links 11,19,21
MGP1604 Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 4P PM700 PowerLogic Meter 43
MGP1604NA Powerpact 4 160A 4P switch disconnector PM700P PowerLogic Meter 43
MGP2003 Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 3P PM710 PowerLogic Meter 43
MGP2004 Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 4P PRGPM Gland plate metal 127
MGP2503 Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P RMG1000302 100A 30MA 2P RCD 10,74
MGP2503LL Powerpact 4 lug unit 3P RMG1001002 100A 100MA 2P RCD 74
MGP2503NA Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector RMG1001002S 2P 100A 100MA 10,74
MGP2503NAT Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector RMG1003002 100A 300MA 2P RCD 74
MGP2503T Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P RMG160102 16A 10MA 2P RCD 74
MGP2504 Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P RMG250102 25A 10MA 2P 74
MGP2504LL Powerpact 4 lug unit 4P RMG250302 25A 30MA 2P RCD 74
MGP2504NA Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector RMG250304 25A 30MA 4P RCD 74
MGP2504NAT Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector RMG253004 25A 300MA 4P RCD 74
MGP2504T Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P RMG400302 40A 30MA 2P RCB 74
MGP250NL Powerpact 4 neutral link 250A RMG400304 40A 30MA 4P RCD 74
MGP4003 Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P RMG403002 40A 300MA 2P RCB 74
MGP4003NA Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector RMG403004 40A 300MA 4P RCD 74
MGP4003NAT Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector RMG630302 63A 30MA 2P RCB 10,74
MGP4003T Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P RMG630304 63A 30MA 4P RCD 10,74
MGP4004 Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P RMG631002 63A 100MA 2P RCB 10,74
MGP4004NA Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector RMG631004 63A 100MA 4P RCD 10,74
MGP4004NAT Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector RMG633002 63A 300MA 2P RCD 10,74
MGP4004T Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P RMG633004 63A 300MA 4P RCD 10,74
MGP6303 Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P RMG800302 80A 30MA 2P RCD 10,74
MGP6303NA Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector RMG801002 80A 100MA 2P RCD 10,74
MGP6303NAT Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector RMG803002 80A 300MA 2P RCD 10,74
MGP6303T Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P 2499 Aerosol paint - RAL7032 128
MGP6304 Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P 2504 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 132
MGP6304NA Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector 2505 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 132
MGP6304NAT Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector 2506 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 132
MGP6304T Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P 2507 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 132
MGP630NL Powerpact 4 neutral link 630A 2508 850x640x300mm eenclosure and door 132
MGP8003B5 Powerpact 4 800A 3P incoming 2510 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door 132
MGP8004B5 Powerpact 4 800A 4P incoming 2515 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 132
MGPBB25 Powerpact 4 25mm blank plate 2517 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 132
MGPBBP Powerpact 4 SP blank plate 2518 850x640x300mm enclosure and door 132
MGPC2025 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 250W 2520 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door 132
MGPC2050 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 500W 2521 External wall fixing lugs 132
MGPC4025 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 250W 2524 Chassis for 430mm high enclosure 132
MGPC4050 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 500W 2525 Chassis for 530mm high enclosure 132
MGPCH12 Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 12 way 2526 Chassis for 650mm high enclosure 132
MGPCM12L 12 way left hand metering box 2530 Chassis for 1055mm high enclosure 132
MGPCM12R 12 way right hand metering box 2554 Variable sliders for 200mm enclosure 132
MGPCM18L 18 way left hand metering box 2556 Variable sliders for 250mm enclosure 132
MGPCM18R 18 way right hand metering box 2557 Variable sliders for 300mm enclosure 132
MGPCM6L 6 way left hand metering box 2560 Variable sliders for 350mm enclosure 132
MGPCM6R 6 way right hand metering box 4012 2P 1P+N Multiclip distribution block 116
MGPE0163 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 16kA 3P 4013 3P Multiclip distribution block 116
MGPE0253 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 16kA 3P 4014 4P 3P+1N Multiclip distribution block 116
MGPE0403 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 16kA 3P 4583 Enclosure 300x250x150mm + door 128
MGPGPC8 Gland pl for Powerpact 4 630/800A 4588 Enclosure 800x600x250mm + door 128
MGPINC Powerpact 4 direct incomer 630A 4590 Enclosure 1000x800x250mm + door 128
MGPL Padlock with 2 keys 76 4629 Enclosure external + lugs 128
MGPLSK Spare key 76 5056 Enc stackable spacers, H=55mm 138
MGPP4S007 Powerpact 4 door lock up to 800A 5114 Enclosure clip-on nuts, M4 (x20) 132
MGPXC206 Powerpact 4 MG6P6 250mm extension 5115 Enclosure clip-on nuts, M5 (x20) 132
MGPXC212 Powerpact 4 MG6P12 250mm extension 5116 Enclosure clip-on nuts, M6 (x20) 132
MGPXC218 Powerpact 4 MG6P18 250mm extension 5196 UT enclosure key lock handle + 2 keys 128
MGPXC506 Powerpact 4 MG6P6 500mm extension 5224 Enclosure stack spacers,M8,H=50mm 132
MGPXC512 Powerpact 4 MG6P21 500mm extension 5502 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 7 mod. 129
MGPXC518 Powerpact 4 MG6P18 500mm extension 5503 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 11 mod. 129
MGPXCA6 Powerpact 4 ICDSN unit for 6 way 5504 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 15 mod 129
MGPXCB12 Panelboard ICDSN unit for 12 way 5505 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 19 mod 129
MGTB1001 100A 1P terminal block 18 5506 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 23 mod 129
207
Index
By part number
5532 Prisma GK plain door 7 mod. 129 13589 IP2 cover for block blue 16 131
5533 Prisma GK plain door 11 mod. 129 13600 Sloping terminal block support 131
5534 Prisma GK plain door 15 mod. 129 13625 Key lock for IP55 pragma c/d 130
5535 Prisma GK plain door 19 mod. 129 13665 Pragma C enclosure lock + key 126
5536 Prisma GK plain door 23 mod. 129 13730 Blanking strip grey 10x5 Mod 128,132
5537 Prisma GK plain door 27 mod. 129 13811 1 row Pragma metal enclosure 127
5538 Prisma GK plain door 33 mod. 129 13812 2 row Pragma metal enclosure 127
5542 Prisma GK trans. Door 7 mod. 129 13813 3 row Pragma metal enclosure 127
5543 Prisma GK trans. Door 11 mod. 129 13814 4 row Pragma enclosure 127
5546 Prisma GK trans. Door 23 mod. 129 13841 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
5557 Canopy W600 + hardware 129 13844 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
5580 Prisma GK handle + 2 key 129 13845 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
6619 5 Pratic adaptors 119 13846 6 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
7046 12x2 mm flat bar, L=461mm 116 13851 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
7802 plain front plate 2 mod 129 13852 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
7803 Plain front plate, 3 mod 129 13853 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 127
7813 Prisma front plate 3 mods 129 13861 Interpact mounting/front plate 127
7814 Prisma front plate 4 mod 129 13863 NS mounting plate & front plate 127
9211 Perforated mounting plate 300 128,129 13864 Pragma slotted mounting plate 127
9214 Perforated mounting plate 400 128,129 13866 Connections to Polybloc 127
9218 Perforated mounting plate 500 128,129 13871 1 row plain front plate 127
9219 Perforated mounting plate 600 128,129 13875 160A connection blocks 127
9220 Perforated mounting plate 700 128,129 13876 Earth/neutral terminal block 127
9224 Perforated mounting plate 800 128,129 13877 Enclosure door lock key No. 405 127
9228 Perforated mounting plate 1000 128,129 13879 Label strip 24 pole 127
9231 Plain mounting plate 300x200 128,129 13880 Enclosure touch up paint 127
9234 Plain mounting plate 400x300 128,129 13947 Kaedra sealing kit 77,131
9238 Plain mounting plate 500x400 128,129 13948 Lock & key for IP65 Mini Pragma 77,131
9239 Plain mounting plate 600x400 128,129 14181 4 wall mounting brackets 77,131
9240 Plain mounting plate 700x500 128,129 14190 Glands for Kaedra 77,131
9244 Plain mounting plate 800x600 128,129 14210 Prisma P window 10 mod 119
9248 Plain mounting plate 1000x800 128,129 14211 Prisma P DIN rail support 10 mod 119
9251 Vertical uprights 400 nominal 128,129 14599 4 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 77,189
9252 Vertical uprights 500 nominal 128,129 14603 5 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 77,189
9253 Vertical uprights 600 nominal 128,129 14801 1P comb busbar, 108x9mm 117
9257 Vertical uprights 1000 nomina 128,129 14804 3P+N comb busbar, 108x9mm 117
9263 4 Multi fix rails 300 nominal 128,129 14811 1P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 109,117
9268 4 Multi fix rails 800 nominal 128,129 14818 Comb busbar end and tooth caps 109,117
9917 Set of screw 128,129 14880 1P+N comb busbar, 26x9mm 81,117
10901 1 row Pragma C IP40 + door 126 14881 1P comb busbar, 24x9mm 117
10911 1 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14885 4 25mm2 insulated connectors 81,117
10912 2 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14886 End caps 1P/2P/1P+N comb x40 117
10913 3 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14887 End caps 3P/4P/3P+N comb x40 117
10914 4 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14888 Tooth caps for comb teeth x40 117
13392 2 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14890 Comb busbar, 1 P + N, 48x9mm 81,117
13394 4 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14891 1P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 117
13396 6 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14892 2P comb busbar 2x48mm 117
13398 8 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14893 3P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 117
13429 Blanking/label 10x5 way 127 14894 4P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 117
13430 Blanking strip 24 way 127 14915 Symm/asym rail stops(x10) 118
13441 Kaedra 4 mod ins enclosure IP65 77,131 14936 1P terminal block 118
13512 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 117 14949 140A 12 hole stepped terminals 117
13514 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 117 14962 80A 4 hole connection strip 118
13575 80A, 4 hole strip terminal block 126,130,131 14963 80A 7 hole connection strip 118
13576 80A terminal bock 8 hole 126,130,131 14964 80A 11 hole connection strip 118
13577 80A terminal bock 16 hole 126,130,131 14965 125A,14 hole connection strip 118
13578 80A, 22 hole strip terminal block 126,130,131 14975 80A 4 hole distribution block 118
13579 80A terminal bock 32 hole 126,130,131 14976 125A 6 hole distribution block 118
13581 80A terminal bock 32 hole 126,130,131 14977 125A 10 hole distribution block 118
13582 4/8 hole terminal block yell/gr cover 131 14979 125A 14 hole distribution block 118
13583 IP2 cover for terminal block grn 131 14989 Blue & yellow/green ident cards 118
13584 4/8 hole terminal block red cover 131 15005 20A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32
13585 IP2 cover for terminal block red 131 15006 20A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33
13586 8 hole terminal block blue cover 131 15007 20A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33
13587 IP2 cover for block blue 16 131 15008 20A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33
208
Index
By part number
15009 32A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15513 16A 1P 24vac coil TL relay 53
15010 32A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 15514 16A 1P 12Vac coil TL relay 53
15011 32A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15515 32A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 53
15012 32A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15516 TLM impulse relay 53
15013 63A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15517 TLS impulse relay 53
15014 63A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 15518 TLC impulse relay 53
15015 63A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15520 16A 2P 230 - 240vac coil TL relay 53
15016 63A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15521 16A 2P 130Vac 48Vdc relay 53
15019 40A 4P I switch disconector 33 15522 16A 2P 48Vac 24Vdc relay 53
15020 40A 2P I switch disconector 33 15523 16A 2P 24Vac coil TL relay 53
15023 40A 3P I switch disconector 33 15524 16A 2P 12vac coil TL relay 53
15024 40A SP I switch disconector 32 15525 TLc impulse relay 24Vac 53
15057 125A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15526 TLc impulse relay 48Vac 53
15059 125A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15527 TLs impulse relay 24Vac 12Vdc 53
15060 125A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15528 TLs impulse relay 48Vac 24Vdc 53
15063 20A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 32 15530 ETL 230 - 240Vac coil aux for Tl/TLI 53
15064 20A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 33 15531 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc ETL relay 53
15090 100A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15532 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc ETL relay 53
15091 100A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 15533 ETL 24Vac coil aux for TL/TLI 53
15092 100A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15534 16A 1P 12Vac 6Vdc ETL relay 53
15093 100A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15535 10A (AC1) 240Vac RLI relay 48
15094 Terminal shield (1P PR) for 100A 33 15536 10A (AC1) 48Vac RLI relay 48
15096 I switch disconnr auxiliary switch 33 15537 10A (AC1) 24Vac RLI relay 48
15100 32A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 32 15538 10A (AC1) 12Vac RLI relay 48
15101 32A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 33 15539 10A (AC1) 240Vac ERL extension 48
15125 CMV voltmeter selector switch 64 15540 10A (AC1) 48Vac ERL extension 48
15126 CMA ammeter selector switch 64 15541 10A (AC1) 24Vac ERL extension 48
15151 Device holder - 22mm 42 15542 10A (AC1)12Vac ERL extension 48
15152 Device holder - Universal 42 15636 1 pole STI fuse carier 36
15196 PM9 Multimeter 63 15646 1 pole and neutral STI fuse carier 36
15201 0 - 600Vac digital voltmeter 62 15651 2 pole STI fuse carrier 36
15202 0 - 10A digital ammeter 62 15656 3 pole STI fuse carier 36
15208 20 - 100Hz digital frequency meter 62 15658 3 pole and neutral STI fuse carier 36
15209 Digital Ammeter range 0 - 5000A 62 15668 Blown fuse indicator 36
15212 240 - 8 - 12Vac 16VA bell transformer 34 15687 PF30 10kA 1P+N surge arrester 38
15214 Bell transformer 4VA 230 / 8 v 34 15689 PF30r 10kA 1P+N surge arrester 38
15215 Bell transformer 25VA 230 / 12 - 24 v 34 15690 PF30r 10kA 3P+N surge arrester 38
15218 240 - 12/24Vac 16VA transformer 34 15693 PF15 5kA 3P+N surge arrester 38
15222 240 - 12/24Vac 63VA transformer 34 15720 1 channel IHP time switch 56
15233 MINp Delay off timer 58 15721 1 channel IHP time switch 56
15266 IC2000P light level time switch 59 15722 2 channel IHP time switch 56
15268 Photo cell for IC2000 59 15723 2 channel IHP time switch 56
15270 Multi function time switch 57 15775 2A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 36
15280 Memory for MF timeswitch 15270 57 15776 4A gG fuse links 10.3x38 36
15281 Photo cell for IC2000 59 15777 6A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 36
15284 IC200 light sensing switch 59 15779 10A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 36
15319 63A contactor 2NO+1NC 240V coil 46 15840 TH6 thermostat 71
15320 SO bell 220/240 Volt 35 15841 TH3 thermostat 71
15321 SO bell 12 Volt 35 15845 TH6 thermostat ground probe 71
15322 RO buzzer 220/240 Volt 35 15846 TH6 thermostat ambient probe 71
15323 RO buzzer 12 Volt 35 15847 TH6 thermostat outdoor probe 71
15335 24HR analogue time switch 55 15848 TH6 thermostat collar probe 71
15336 24HR analogue time switch 55 15854 IHP 18mm I channel 56
15337 IH 1c 24hr 150hr reserve 2 chan'l 55 15914 ACTo+F add on aux contact 47
15338 IH 60 minute analogue time switch 55 15917 ACTt add on time delay unit 47
15359 MIN timer terminal shield 58 15919 ACTp filter 24V devices 47
15363 MIN time switch 1 - 7mins 58 15920 ACTp filter 240V devices 47
15365 IH 24 hour analogue time switch 55 15921 25A 3/4P contactor screw shield 46
15366 IH 24 hour + 7 day analogue 55 15922 40/63A 2P contactor screw shield 46
15367 IH 7 day analogue time switch 55 15923 63A 3/4P contactor screw shield 46
15368 IC2000 light sensitive switch 59 15957 Contactor 16A 2NC 240V ac 46
15393 2A 240Vac RBN changeover relay 48 15958 25A 1P contactor 240V ac 46
15409 ATLC+S impulse relay auxiiary 54 15959 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 46
15410 ATLC+C impulse relay aux 54 15960 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 46
15411 ATLT impulse relay aux 54 15961 25A 3P contactor 240V coil 46
15416 RTBT interface relay 48 15962 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46
15440 Hours counter 240V 68 15963 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46
15443 CI Impulse counting module 68 15964 25A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 46
15464 Single phase kilowatt hour meter 67 15966 40A 2P contactor 240V coil 46
15465 Three phase kilowatt hour meter 67 15967 40A 3P contactor 240V coil 46
15466 Single phase kWH meter 67 15968 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 46
15467 Three phase kWH meter 67 15969 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 46
15500 16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 53 15971 63A 2P contactor 240V coil 46
15502 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TLI relay 53 15972 63A 3P contactor 3NO 240Vac coil 46
15503 16A 1P 24Vac coil TL relay 53 15973 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46
15505 32A 1P 230 - 240Vac ETL for TL32 53 15974 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46
15510 16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 53 15975 63A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 46
15511 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc TL relay 53 15977 100A 2P contactor 240V coil 46
15512 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TL relay 53 15978 100A 4P contactor 240V coil 46
209
Index
By part number
15981 25A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16505 CT 150/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA 70
15982 Contactor W/MANL 3NO 25A 46 16506 CT 200/5 STD 21mm ID 6VA 70
15983 25A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16509 CT 150/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA 70
15984 40A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16510 CT 200/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 7VA 70
15986 40A 4p contactor 4NO 240Vac coil 46 16511 CT 250/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 9VA 70
16020 25A 2P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16514 CT 500/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 18VA 70
16022 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16515 CT 600/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 21.5VA 70
16024 63A 2P contactor 24V coil 46 16519 CT 300/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 8VA 70
16029 Ammeter 0 - 30A direct connection 61 16523 CT 500/5 STD 51X31/64X11 70
16030 AMP ammeter without scale 5A 61 16524 CT 600/5 STD 51X31/64X11 70
16031 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 5A 61 16528 CT 300/5 STD 65x32 slot 6VA 70
16032 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 50A 61 16529 CT 400/5 STD 65x32 slot 7.5VA 70
16037 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 250A 61 16534 CT 1250/5 trop 65x32 slot 25VA 70
16039 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 400A 61 16537 CT 1250/5 70
16060 0 - 300V Modular Voltmeter 61 16545 CT 2500/5 trop 127x52 slot 50VA 70
16061 VLT voltmeter 0 - 500V 61 16547 CT 4000/5 trop 127x52 slot 80VA 70
16065 RTA time delay before ON relay 51 16548 CT 5000/5 trop 165x55 slot 60VA 70
16066 RTB time delay before OFF relay 51 16549 CT 6000/5 trop 165x55 slot 70VA 70
16067 RTC time delay before OFF relay 51 16550 copper sleeve for 21mm ID CT 70
16068 RTH time delay before OFF relay 51 16551 copper sleeve for 22mm ID CT 70
16069 RTL pulsed On and OFF timer 51 16552 CT terminal cover 70
16070 RTMF time delay relay 51 16553 CT terminal cover 70
16111 16A contactor 1NC 24Vac coil 46 16557 PRD65r 1P+N surge arrester 37
16113 16A contactor 1NO 240Vac coil 46 16558 PRD65r 3P surge arrester 37
16116 16A contactor 2NC 240Vac+Man 46 16562 PRD40r 1P+N surge arrester 37
16118 16A contactor 3NC 24Vac coil 46 16563 PRD40r 3P surge arrester 37
16122 16A contactor 4NC 24Vac coil 46 16567 PRD40 1P+N surge arrester 37
16124 16A contactor 4NC 240Vac coil 46 16568 PRD40 3P surge arrester 37
16126 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 24Vac 46 16569 PRD40 3P+N surge arrester 37
16129 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 24Vac 46 16573 PRD15 3P surge arrester 37
16261 80A 30mA 4P RCCB RMG 14,74 16577 PRD8 1P+N surge arrester 37
16364 IH 1c 24hr no reserve 55 16578 PRD8 3P surge arrester 37
16451 CT 50/5 trop 21mm ID 1.25VA 70 16579 PRD8 3P+N surge arrester 37
16452 CT 75/5 trop 21mm ID 1.5VA 70 16581 C65r - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37
16453 CT 100/5 trop 21mm ID 2.5VA 70 16583 C40r - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37
16454 CT 125/5 trop 21mm ID 4VA 70 16585 C40 - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37
16456 CT 200/5 trop 21mm ID 6VA 70 16587 C15 - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37
16459 CT 150/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA 70 16589 C8 - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37
16460 CT 200/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 7VA 70 16590 C neutral r surge arrester cartridge 37
16461 CT 250/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 9VA 70 16591 C neutral surge arrester cartridge 37
16462 CT 300/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 11VA 70 16627 Curr transf 250/5 51
16463 CT 400/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 15VA 70 16956 16A 2P contactor 1NO+1NC 46
16464 CT 500/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 18VA 70 16990 CDM PIR detector 60
16465 CT 600/5 trop 22ID/30x10 21.5VA 70 16992 Presence detector 60
16468 CT 250/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 5VA 70 16994 CDPt Pressence detector 60
16469 CT 300/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 8VA 70 16995 CDPt additional remote 60
16470 CT 400/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA 70 17065 ME1 kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16471 CT 500/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA 70 17066 ME1z kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16473 CT 500/5 trop 51X31/64X11 70 17067 ME1zr kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16474 CT. 600/5 TROP 51X31/64X12 70 17070 ME4 kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16476 CT 200/5 trop 65x32 slot 2VA 70 17071 6E4zr kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16477 CT 250/5 trop 65x32 slot 4VA 70 17072 ME4zrt kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16478 CT 300/5 trop 65x32 slot 6VA 70 17075 ME3 kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16479 CT 400/5 trop 65x32 slot 7.5VA 70 17076 ME3zr kilowatt hour meter 63A 67
16480 CT 500/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA 70 18030 BP Grey pushbutton 1NC 39
16481 CT 600/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA 70 18031 BP Red pushbutton 1NC 39
16482 CT 800/5 trop 65x32 slot 15VA 70 18032 BP Grey pushbutton 1NO 39
16483 CT 1000/5 trop 65x32 slot 20VA 70 18033 BP Grey pushbutton 1NO + 1NC 39
16500 CT 40/5 trop 21mm ID 1VA 70 18034 BP Double pushbutton 1NC + 1NO 39
16501 CT 50/5 STD 21mm ID 1.25VA 70 18035 BP Double pushbutton 1NO + 1NO 39
16502 CT 75/5 STD 21mm ID 1.5VA 70 18036 Grey p/button 1NO+ light 39
16503 CT 100/5 STD 21mm ID 2.5VA 70 18037 Grey p/button 1NC+red light 39
16504 CT 125/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA 70 18038 Grey p/button 1NO+green light 39
210
Index
By part number
18039 Grey p/button 1NC+red light 39 18453 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18070 CM 2 pos 20A selector switch 39 18454 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18308 Contactor auxiliary ACTC 47 18459 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18309 Contactor auxiliary ACTC 47 18460 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18310 1P/2P TMC60 remote control 87 18461 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18311 3P/4P TMC60 remote control 87 18462 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18312 1 - 2P Tm remote control 87 18463 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18320 V 110/230Vac red indicator light 39 18464 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18321 V 110/230Vac green indicator light 39 18465 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18322 V 110/230Vac white indicator light 39 18466 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18323 V 110/230Vac blue indicator light 39 18467 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18324 V 110/230Vac yellow indicator light 39 18468 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18326 V 230Vac red flash indicator light 39 18469 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18327 3 phase indicator lights 230/400V 39 18470 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18330 V 12/48Vac/dc red indicator light 39 18471 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18331 V 12/48Vac/dc green indicator light 39 18472 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18332 V 12/48Vac/dc white indicator light 39 18473 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18333 V 12/48Vac/dc blue indicator light 39 18474 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18334 V 12/48Vac/dc yellow indicator light 39 18475 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18335 110/230Vac double indicator light 39 18476 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18394 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18477 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83
18399 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18482 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83
18438 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18521 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83
18443 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18526 C120 MCB terminal shield 90
18444 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18527 C120 MCB terminal screw shield 90
18445 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18528 Rear connection terminal + shield 91
18446 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18544 300mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85
18452 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18556 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 85
211
Index
By part number
18557 1000mA 2P C120H si Vigi 85 18665 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 96

18558 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18666 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 96
18561 1000mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18669 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 96
18563 30mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18670 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 96
18568 500mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18705 10A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97
18572 30mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18709 32A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97
18591 30mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18727 32A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97
18598 300mA 4P C120H si TypeVigi 85 18734 20A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97
18610 10A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18736 32A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97
18615 40A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18868 4A 2P NG125LMA 98
18616 50A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18869 6.3A 2P NG125LMA 98
18637 40A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18889 63A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 94
18651 20A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19000 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 100
18663 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 19013 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 101
18664 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 19014 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103
212
Index
By part number
19015 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 101 19669 40A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81
19016 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 20267 Brackets for through door mounting 118
19030 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 103 21100 0.1 - 0.16A P25M MCB 110
19031 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 103 21101 0.16 - 0.25A P25M MCB 110
19034 NG125 Vigi 3P 63A 1000mA TD 103 21104 0.63 - 1A P25M MCB 110
19035 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 103 21105 1 - 1.6A P25M MCB 110
19037 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21107 1.5 - 4A P25M MCB 110
19039 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21108 4 - 6.3A P25M MCB 110
19041 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 21109 6.3 - 10A P25M MCB 110
19042 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 21110 9 - 14A P25M MCB 110
19044 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 103 21111 13 - 18A P25M MCB 110
19046 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 103 21112 17 - 23A P25M MCB 110
19047 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 103 21113 20 - 25A P25M MCB 110
19049 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21115 P25M limiter block 110
19053 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21116 P25M MCB contact position, F+F 111
19054 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21117 P25M MCB contact position, O+F 111
19055 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21118 P25M position&alarm F+SD.F 111
19056 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21119 P25M position&alarm O+SD.F 111
19058 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21120 P25M position&alarm F+SD.O 111
19059 NG125 Vigi SDV,NO aux contact 106 21121 P25M position+alarm 0+SD.O 111
19060 NG125 Vigi SDV,NC aux contact 106 21127 P25M 240 MX voltage release 111
19064 NG125 Vigi MXV auxiliary 105 21128 P25M 415 MX inst voltage release 111
19065 NG125 230..415Vac MX+OF aux 105 21129 P25M MN undervoltage release 111
19066 NG125 48..130Vac MX+OF aux 105 21130 P25M MN undervoltage release 111
19067 NG125 24Vac MX+OF auxiliary 106 21133 P25M IP55 enclosure 112
19068 240Vac voltage release (MN) 106 21140 P25M MCB green indicator 112
19069 48Vac voltage release (MN) 106 21141 P25M MCB green neon indicator 112
19070 48Vdc voltage release (MN) 106 21142 P25M MCB red neon indicator 112
19071 OF+OF electrical auxiliary 105 21143 P25M MCB red neon indicator 112
19072 OF+SD electrical auxiliary 105 21144 P25M MCB busbar terminal block 112
19073 OF+OF or OF+SD electrical aux/y 105 21145 2P P25M MCB comb busbar 112
19074 63A 2P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21146 4P P25M MCB comb busbar 112
19075 63A 3P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21147 P25M insulated cable connector 112
19076 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21148 P25M comb busbar end cover 112
19077 63A 3P NG125 RCd terminal shield 109 21180 RCP phase failure relay 49
19078 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21181 RCI relay 230V 49
19080 1P NG125 terminal shield 109 23111 80A 100mA 2P RMG 10,74
19083 4P NG125 terminal shield 109 23213 100A 300mA 4P RCCB (RMG) 14,74
19084 1P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 109 23227 100A 300mA 4P RMG 14,74
19085 2P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 109 23249 25A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 74
19088 Rotary handle,standard black 109 23303 40A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 74
19089 Rotary handle,red/yellow front 109 23308 63A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 74
19090 NG125 padlocking accessory 109 24872 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19091 INS40/80 bare cable connector (x4) 20,90,109 24873 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19092 Direct Rotary Handle 109 24875 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19093 NG125 connection screws&nuts 109 24876 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19094 NG125 cable lugs 109 24877 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19095 NG125 terminal for alu cable 109 24878 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19100 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 101 24879 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19101 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 101 24880 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19106 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 24881 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19107 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 24882 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19249 4A 6kA DPN rated curve B 80 24883 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19250 6A 6kA DPN rated curve B 80 24884 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22
19252 10A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25211 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22
19260 1A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25218 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22
19269 20A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26476 MCB 110-415Vac/110-130Vdc MX 26,75,88
19270 25A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26477 MCB 48Vac/dc MX 26,75,88
19271 32A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26478 MCB 12/24Vac/dc MX 26,75,88
19272 40A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26483 2P replacement cover for Vigibloc 30,91
19661 6A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26484 3P replacement cover for Vigibloc 30,91
19663 10A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26485 4P replacement cover for Vigibloc 30,91
19665 16A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26923 RMG auxiliary switch (OFS) 26,75,89
19666 20A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26924 C60H/RMG OF auxiliary contact 26,75,89
19667 25A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26927 C60H SD fault indicatibg switch 26,75,89
19668 32A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26929 C60H OF+SD/OF selector switch 26,75,88
213
Index
By part number
26946 MX+OF shunt trip 26,75,88 32490 1 set of 3P spreader 630A

26947 MCB MX+OF shunt trip 26,75,88 32491 1 set of 4P spreader 630A
26948 MCB 24Vac/dc MX+OF shunt trip 26,75,88 32500 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2
26959 MCB 115Vac 400Hz MN 26,75,88 32501 4 lugs for Interpact. 240mm2
26960 Undervoltage release (MN) 26,75,88 32502 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2
26963 Undervoltage release,time delay 26,75,88 32505 4 lugs for NS630. 240mm2
26969 Emergency stop (MNx) 26,88 32506 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2
26970 MCB/RCD padlock attachment 28,76,81,90 32507 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2
26971 MCB emergency stop (MNx) 26,88 32564 Terminal shields 3P, one pair
26975 1P C60H MCB terminal shields 28,90 32565 Terminal shields 4P, one pair
26976 2P C60H MCB terminal shields 28,76,90 32597 Direct rotary handle
26977 MCB 230Vac MNx (C60) 26,88 32631 Fixed toggle padlock device
26978 4P C60H MCB terminal shields 28,76,91 32653 CT module with voltage output 400/5 3P
26979 MCB voltage threshold release 26,89 32654 CT module with voltage output 400/5 4P
26980 MCB voltage threshold release 26,90 32655 Ammeter module 400A 3P
26981 C60H MCB terminal screw shield 28,76,90 32656 Ammeter module 400A 4P
26982 C60H Vigi terminal screw shield 28,76,91 32657 CT module 400A 3P
26991 MCB 400Vac MNx (C60) 37, 98 32658 CT module 400A 4P
27001 C60H MCB interpole barrier 29,91 32855 Ammeter module 600A 3P
27053 MCB screw connection 91 32856 Ammeter module 600A 4P
27060 16 - 50mm2 alu cable terminal 90 32857 CT module 600A 3P
27062 Modular device spacer 30,46,91 32858 CT module 600A 4P
27145 C120 MCB padlock attachment 32861 CT module with voltage output 600/5 3P
27150 C120 MCB label holder 91 32862 CT module with voltage output 600/5 4P
28952 4 cable lugs 95mm2 Cu cable 33466 NS800N 3P Micrologic 2.0
28957 Pair terminal shields Interpact 63A 33469 NS800N 4P Micrologic 2.0
28958 Pair terminal shields Interpact 160A 33487 NS800NA 3P MCCB
29211 Earth fault protection 160A 33489 NS1250NA 3P MCCB
29242 3 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2 33490 NS1600NA 3P MCCB
29243 4 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2 33492 NS800NA 4P MCCB
29252 3 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 33494 NS1250NA 4P MCCB
29253 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Cu cable 33495 NS1600NA 4P MCCB
29254 3 lugs NS250.185mm2 Cu cable 33564 NS1250N 3P Micrologic 5.0
29256 4 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 33566 NS1250N 4P Micrologic 5.0
29259 3 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2 44936 MCCB padlocking device
29260 4 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2 57655 CE30 passive infrared detector 60
29320 One pole terminal shield 99217 Earth and neutral bar 19 hole 118
29323 Three pole terminal shield, pair 99219 Earth and neutral bar 24 hole 118
29324 Four pole terminal shield, pair 99221 Earth and neutral bar 37 hole 118
29337 Rotary handle for 63 - 250A 99223 Earth and neutral bar 48 hole 118
29354 Mechanical interlock for 2 MCCB 99225 Earth and neutral bar 72 hole 118
29370 Toggle padlocking attachment 99560 3 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 77
29371 Toggle padlocking attachment 7795P Prisma Front cover 6 way 115
29387 Shunt trip 240V 7796P Prisma Front cover 8 way 115
29388 Shunt trip 380/415V 7797P Prisma Front cover 12 way 115
29407 Undervoltage release 240V 7798P Prisma Front cover 16 way 115
29408 Undervoltage release 380/415V 7799P Prisma Front cover 24 way 115
29450 Auxiliary switch 99246A 4 way hinged cover 118
29451 SDE auxiliary contact adaptor 99246B 4 way hinged cover 118
29455 Direct metering 100A 3P
29457 CT module 100A 3P
29461 CT module with voltage output 100/5 3P
29504 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable
31536 MCCB Vigi module 250A 4P
31563 1 set of 3P spreader 250A
31564 1 set of 4P spreader 250A
31565 Ammeter module 250A 3P
31566 Ammeter module 250A 4P
32456 MCCB Vigi module 400A 4P
32479 3 clamps for 35 - 300mm2
32480 4 clamps for 35 - 300mm2
32481 3 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2
32482 4 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2
214
Nationwide support on one number -

call the Customer Information Centre on
0870 608 8 608

Fax 0870 608 8 606
Schneider Electric’s local support
Schneider Electric is committed to supporting its customers at every stage of a project. Our 180 sales engineers, the largest
dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry, operate from 4 customer support centres.
Our sales engineers are skilled at assessing individual requirements and combined with the expert support of our product
specialists, will develop the most effective and economical answer taking relevant regulations and standards fully into account.
To access the expertise of the Schneider Electric group, please call 0870 608 8 608. Each customer support centre includes
facilities for demonstrations and training, and presentation rooms fully equipped with audio visual and video, providing
excellent meeting facilities.
Merlin Gerin is a world leader in the manufacture and

supply of high, medium and low voltage products for the
distribution, protection, control and management of
electrical systems and is focused on the needs of both the
commercial and industrial sectors. The newly launched VDI
Network Solutions offer provides flexible, configurable
ethernet systems for all communication needs.
Square D is a total quality organisation and its business

is to put electricity to work productively and effectively,
protecting people, buildings and equipment. Its low voltage
electrical distribution equipment, systems and services are
used extensively in residential and commercial applications.
Telemecanique is a UK market leader and world expert in

automation and control. It provides complete solutions, with
it's range of components, Modicon range of high technology
programmable controllers (PLCs), multiple fieldbus and
ethernet communication networks, HMI, motion control
systems, variable speed drives and communications
software. In addition, it offers power distribution through
prefabricated busbar trunking.
Local customer support centres

Scotland South West North West
Schneider Electric Ltd Schneider Electric Ltd Schneider Electric Ltd
Unit 11000 PO Box 41 Market House
Academy Business Park Langley Road Church Street
Gower Street Chippenham Wilmslow
Glasgow G51 1PR Wiltshire SN15 1JJ Cheshire SK9 1AY
Product showrooms
Industrial systems and solutions showroom
Schneider Electric Ltd, University of Warwick Science Park, Sir William Lyons Road, Coventry CV4 7EZ
Building systems and solutions showroom

Schneider Electric Ltd, Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL
Energy and Infrastructure systems and solutions showroom

Schneider Electric Ltd, 123 Jack Lane, Hunslet, Leeds LS10 1BS
member of
.co.uk
Enclosed switch disconnectors
www.schneider.co.uk
MGLV5750 AUG 2005

Ready To Install: Distribution Boards, DIN Rail Mounted Equipment, Enclosures and Connection Systems

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ready To Install: Distribution Boards, DIN Rail Mounted Equipment, Enclosures and Connection Systems

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MGLV5750 RTI Section 00 17/8/05 8:25 am Page 1

Isobar 4 distribution boards

Modular control products Section two 31

Unit mounted residual

Unit mounted circuit breakers Section four 79

Connection systems Section five 113

Enclosures Section six 121

Technical data Section seven 133

Dimensions Section eight 163

Schneider Electric overview Section nine 197

● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 60439

● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 or 4 pole

Isobar 4 distribution boards

Type A single phase

Type B three phase

Note: All devices are sold separately

125A Split load A boards (incomers not included)

* for use only with C60H range

Note: All devices are sold separately

125A Multi service A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity

Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

Part No. SP circuits Description

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Flush mounting kit

Note: All devices are sold separately

Split load B boards

Multi service B boards

Incomers: see page 14

Outgoers: see page 21

MGBN8 + Multi service

* for use only with C60H range

Note: All devices are sold separately

* for use only with C60H range

Switch disconnectors (160 - 250A)

Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBS 63 - 160A)

Terminal blocks (125/250A)

Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs 100 - 250A)

MGNCB2004 ■ Devices fit directly into distribution board and are

Surge arrestor kit

Dual source incomer

To be used in dual source applications, with standby being a portable/fixed

Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover

For alternative enclosures see Section six, page 121.

Extra terminal bar for earth Type Part No.

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Contactor incomer 100A

3 phase kWh metering

Note: Voltage connection takes up 4 SP outgoing ways

Part No. Description SP circuits

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Part No. Description

Single phasing kit (125/250A)

Part No. Description